Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 141

21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Series Introduction
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum

Greek has been important in the intellectual life of western civilization, but not to the extent of Latin, except
for ecclesiastical matters where it is obviously of major importance for determining the meaning of New
Testament texts. In years past, Latin was introduced in the rst year of High School, followed by Greek in the
third year. The prominence of Greek for intellectual matters is evident in designations of subjects central to
university study, such as philosophy 'love of wisdom', philology 'love of words or more generally study',
theology 'study related to God', psychology 'study related to the soul or psyche', and so on.

The Greek in the New Testament is the so-called koine 'common language'. Based originally on the Greek of
Athens, it was circulated throughout Alexander the Great's empire. Languages acquired by many non-native
speakers are generally simpli ed, as was the koine. Morphological categories were lost, such as the dual
and the optative, though forms of them may occur in written texts. Sentences were greatly simpli ed, as
noted below. Yet many forms remain, especially for verbs.

A di culty with Greek that may put off learners is the maintenance of an older form of the alphabet than
that used for Latin, English, and many other languages. Moreover, accentuation varies in Greek words, and in
early Greek was musical. While today accented syllables are pronounced with stress rather than tones, the
older accents are still written [with η added for illustration]: ή for the οκσεῖα 'acute' accent or high pitch, ῆ
for the περισπώµενον accent or high-low pitch, and ὴ for the βαρεῖα 'grave' or falling pitch.

Furthermore, the sentence structure and number of forms require a great deal of attention. The words of
sentences are often placed for their emphasis, rather than in accordance with a pattern like that of the
English Subject-Verb-Object order. But we may note that the sentences of New Testament Greek texts are
simpler to analyze than are those of Classical Greek. The writers were strongly in uenced by Hebrew and
Aramaic, in which the verb is placed rst in the sentence and is often accompanied by particles, in Greek δέ
and καί, which may also stand before the verb. This sentence structure has had an effect on the
translations into more modern languages, as in the King James version: the rst four verses of our rst text,
Luke 2, begin with And, as do verses 6 through 10.

Even with the simpler syntax, knowledge of the in ections is highly important. Interpretation is also assisted
by the use of articles which, like nouns, adjectives, pronouns and verbs, are in ected. It is essential, then, to
learn the basic in ections of these parts of speech.

1. The Greek alphabet and pronunciation.


The Greek alphabet was taken over from the Semitic as used in the Phoenician area, which in turn was
based on an Egyptian alphabet. These were also used for the numerals, so that the order of the symbols
was maintained, if changed at times in sound value. This is true also of the Latin alphabet, which was based
ultimately on the Greek alphabet; the 3rd symbol, which represented [g] as in its name gamma, had the

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 1/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

sound of [k] in Latin, as in words like car or the proper name Cato. The symbols themselves, especially the
small cursives, may also differ in form from those of Latin and English, but on the whole the differences may
readily be recognized. The alphabet is as follows:

α β γ δ ε ζ η θ ι κ λ µ ν ξ ο π ρ σς τ υ φ χ ψ ω

Α Β Γ Δ Ε Ζ Η Θ Ι Κ Λ Μ Ν Ξ Ο Π Ρ Σ Τ Υ Φ Χ Ψ Ω

Note that there are two forms of the small letter sigma: the latter (ς) is used where the letter appears last in
the word; everywhere else, the former is used. The [h] sound before a vowel is signalled by a rough breathing
sign [with ο added for illustration]: ὁ; and when there is no initial [h] sound before vowels, the smooth
breathing sign is ὀ. The rough breathing may also be used with initial rho: ῥ.

The names of the letters are as follows, in English and then in Greek:

alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, zeta, eta, theta, iota, kappa, lambda, mu, nu, xi, omicron, pi, rho,
sigma, tau, upsilon, phi, chi, psi, omega

ἄλφα, βῆτα, γάµµα, δέλτα, ἔψιλόν, ζῆτα, ῆτα, θῆτα, ἰῶτα, κάππα, λάµβδα, µῦ, νῦ, ξεῖ, ὄµικρόν,
πεῖ, ῥῶ, σῖγµα, ταῦ, ὔψιλόν, φεῖ, χεῖ, ψεῖ, ὦµέγα

Latin and thereupon English has maintained this order with modi cations that are apparent from the
different sounds of the letters and the different names. The letter ζ was pronounced like the consonant in
adze. The letter ξ was pronounced like the consonant in ax. The letter ψ was pronounced like the nal
consonants in tops. The letters θ φ χ were originally pronounced like the aspirated initial consonants in
English tan, pan, can as opposed to the unaspirated consonants in stan, span, scan; but they are usually
pronounced today like the initial consonants in than, fan and the consonant in German ach.

The vowels are pronounced as follows: α like the vowel of bot, ε like that of bet, η like that of bait, ι like that
of beet, ο like that of boat, υ like that of bit, ω like that of bought. The ve vowels other than η ω may be long
or short. Unlike English, there are few silent letters. Sentences, then, are read with every letter pronounced,
as in the following quotations from Luke 1:46 and 1:68 --

Μεγαλύνει   ἥ   ψυχή   µου   τὸν   κύριον.

'Praise   (the)   soul   my   the   Lord'

'My soul doth praise the Lord.'

                     

Εὐλογητὸς   Κύριος   ὁ   θεὸς   τοῦ   Ἰσραήλ.

'Blessed   Lord   the   God   of-the   Israel'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 2/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

'Blessed be the Lord God of Israel.'

2. The vocabulary.
English and Greek belong to the Indo-European language family; their earlier versions separated from each
other some four thousand years ago. Words of the same origin are often disguised because of changes that
have taken place in both languages. For example, an initial [s] sound before vowels in Greek evolved into [h],
as in (cf. English six) Latin sex, Greek heks, written ἕξ (cf. hexagon). The word corresponding to seven is
written ἑπτά (cf. heptagon). Moreover the Indo-European consonants represented as bh, dh, gh evolved to
ph, th, kh -- φ, θ, χ, as in φράτηρ 'brother'. New sounds have also been introduced in Greek with their own
letter in the alphabet, such as η for the vowel corresponding to the [a] in hate, and ξ for the combination [ks]
as in six.

The greatest difference, however, may have resulted from a massive change of consonants in Germanic
(hence English) well before our era. The change was formulated by the great German scholar, Jakob Grimm,
and is known as Grimm's law, which is listed even in smaller dictionaries of English. At this time, p, t, k
evolved into sounds that today are represented by f, th, h. Among examples are: father, compare Greek
πατήρ, three, compare Greek τρεῖς, hundred, compare Greek ἑκατόν, literally 'one hundred'. And the sounds
represented by bh, dh, gh in Indo-European were changed to the sounds that today are represented by b, d, g.
These sounds were also changed in Greek, as noted above. Among examples are English brother, compare
Greek φράτηρ, door, compare Greek θύρα, goose, compare Greek χήν. At the same time, b, d, g were
changed to p, t, k. Among English examples are ten, compare Greek δέκα, kin, compare Greek γένος. (Indo-
European had almost no words with b.)

It is interesting to compare such cognate words, but the changes that both languages have undergone often
conceal the relationships, as for the numerals for four and ve. Some of the others are transparently related,
in spite of changes: one, Greek εἷς; two, Greek δύο; three, Greek τρεῖς; four, Greek τέτταρες; ve, Greek
πέντε; six, Greek ἕξ; seven, Greek ἑπτά; eight, Greek ὀκτώ; nine, Greek ἐννέα; ten, Greek δέκα. Since
dictionaries may provide the Greek cognates of English entries, control over the Greek vocabulary can be
gained by noting them. Etymological dictionaries are of greater assistance.

As noted above, by far the greatest number of similar words are found in academic and ecclesiastical
language, where English simply took over the Greek terms through long in uence on western culture from
these spheres. Words were pronounced in accordance with the English spellings, rather than with their
pronunciation in Greek. Some examples are cited here.

The academic terms are in accordance with the in uence of Aristotle, who conducted his teaching in the
Athenian grove known as the Academy, which was named after the hero Akademos. We have already noted
terms ending in -logy, to which others might be added like biology and neurology. The last part attained a
status of its own, so that further words like sociology, with its initial part from Latin, could be introduced.
Moreover, the last part has a somewhat different function in the word doxology, 'giving words of praise'.
Other ecclesiastical terms are clergy, clerical, Eucharist and liturgy. In the political sphere the words
democrat and democracy are based on the components for people and power, as also in aristocrat and

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 3/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

aristocracy for the best or superior people and power, autocracy for self or absolute power, theocracy for
ecclesiastical power. Examination of the etymology or 'true meaning' of such words will assist in gaining
control of the Greek vocabulary.

3. The sentence structure of Greek.


As is clear from the earlier quotations, the sentence order of Greek may differ considerably from that of
English. In an earlier form of Greek, the verb was placed last in the sentence, but in Luke 1:46 its position is
quite different. The different position is possible because of Greek in ections. Greek can move elements
around for stylistic purposes -- as in Luke 1:46, giving emphasis to the verb.

In examining a Greek text, one should rst identify the verb. Its forms are identi able through their
in ections, with the additional help that nouns are often marked by preceding articles. In Luke 1:46, the
ending -ει indicates that the subject is in the nominative case. And the -ου endings indicate that µου and
τοῦ Ἰσραήλ are genitives. It is useful, then, to memorize the basic in ections of verbs as well as those of
nouns, pronouns, and adjectives.

As illustrated by these brief passages, the key to reading Greek is provided by knowledge of its in ections.
While these are numerous, memorization of the basic in ections of the article, of nouns and of verbs is
generally adequate.

4. The forms of Greek.


4.1 Nouns, adjectives, pronouns, the article.

Thee parts of speech are in ected for four cases, besides a case of address called the vocative. The cases
are as follows:

Nominative, the case of the subject;

Genitive, the case to indicate possession -- possessive, in grammars of English

Dative, the case of the indirect object

Accusative, the case of the direct object -- objective, in grammars of English

Case forms may also be determined by prepositions.

In English, only the nominative, genitive/possessive and accusative/objective have been maintained, and
that only in pronouns: I is nominative, my is genitive, me is accusative. Nouns simply have a nominative and
a possessive, as in dog, dog's. Adjectives are not in ected.

Greek nouns are also in ected for --

number, that is, singular and plural; Classical Greek also maintained a dual.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 4/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

three genders: masculine, feminine, and neuter.

a large number of declensions.

Paradigms are given in the various lessons. For illustration here, forms of the article are shown in all three
genders, as well as the feminine noun for 'country' of the α-declension and the masculine noun for 'word'
and the neuter for 'gift' of the ο-declension:

    Fem.   Masc.   Nt.   Fem.   Masc   Nt

Sg. Nom.   ἡ   ὁ   τό   χώρα   λόγος   δῶρον

Sg. Gen.   τῆς   τοῦ   τοῦ   χώρᾱς   λόγου   δώρου

Sg. Dat.   τῇ   τῷ   τῷ   χώρᾳ   λόγῳ   δώρῳ

Sg. Acc.   τήν   τόν   τό   χώρᾱν   λόγον   δῶρον

Pl. Nom.   αἱ   οἱ   τά   χῶραι   λόγοι   δῶρα

Pl. Gen.   τῶν   τῶν   τῶν   χωρῶν   λόγων   δώρων

Pl. Dat.   ταῖς   τοῖς   τοῖς   χώραις   λόγοις   δώροις

Pl. Acc   τάς   τούς   τά   χώρας   λόγους   δῶρα

4.2 Verbs.

Like nouns, verbs have many in ections (though not all of the possible combinations below are realized):

Verbs are in ected for voice: active, middle, and passive. The middle indicates action directed at
the subject; this is often expressed in the lexical meaning itself. Verbs with a basically middle
voice are known as deponents; for example, γίγνοµαι means 'become, take place, be produced,'
etc.

Verbs are in ected for mood: indicative, subjunctive, and optative, though as noted above the
optative has been virtually lost in New Testament Greek.

Verbs are in ected for tense: present, past (or imperfect), and future. Of these, there are three
sets (again, not in all combinations): the basic (or simple), the aorist, and the perfect. The past
perfect is also called pluperfect.

In addition there are imperative forms, in nitives, participles, a gerund, and a supine. The imperative forms
are rare in written texts.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 5/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

The present in nitive active may be illustrated by λέγειν 'to say, speak'; the aorist is λέξαι. The present
in nitive middle is λέγεσθαι; the aorist is λέξασθαι. The passive in nitive is λέγεσθαι; the aorist is
λεγθῆναι. The present participle active is λέγων, λέγουσα, λέγον. The present participle middle and
passive is λεγόµενος, λεγοµένη, λεγόµενον.

It should be obvious that the verb system of Greek is complex. The basic forms of irregular verbs are
generally listed in dictionaries.

4.3 The other parts of speech.

In addition to these parts of speech, Greek includes adverbs, conjunctions, interjections and prepositions.
Since their functions are comparable to those of their English counterparts, they will not be discussed here.

5. Examples of texts.
We assume that users of New Testament Greek Online may want to memorize selected passages.
Accordingly, each lesson includes one memory verse. Of all such passages, the Lord's Prayer may be the
most highly preferred. Its sentence structure is simple, so that each verse is easily memorized. We provide it
here both as a sample of New Testament Greek and for memorization. The Greek given here is that of
Matthew 6:9-13; the Greek in Luke 11:2-5 is somewhat different, although the King James version provides
virtually the same English translation for the two. The familiar conclusion, "For thine is the Kingdom, and the
power, and the glory forever and ever" is taken to be a later addition, and is not provided in the Nestle edition
nor in the Westcott and Hort edition of the Greek text.

Πάτερ   ἡµῶν   ὁ   ἐν   τοῖς   οὐρανοῖς·

O-father   of-us   he   in   the   heavens

'Our Father which art in heaven,'

ἁγιασθήτω   τὸ   ὄνοµά   σου,

hallowed-be   the   name   of-you

'Hallowed be thy name.'

ἐλθέτω   ἡ   βασιλεία   σου,

come   the   kingdon   of-you

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 6/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

'Thy kingdom come,'

γενηθήτω   τὸ   θέληµά   σου,

be-done   the   will   of-you

'Thy will be done'

ὡς   ἐν   οὐρανῷ   καὶ   ἐπὶ   γῆς·

as   in   heaven   also   on   earth

'in earth, as it is in heaven.'

τὸν   ἄρτον   ἡµῶν   τὸν   ἐπιούσιον   δὸς   ἡµῖν   σήµερον·

the   bread   of-us   the   daily   give   to-us   today

'Give us this day our daily bread.'

καὶ   ἄφες   ἡµῖν   τὰ   ὀφειλήµατα   ἡµῶν,

and   forgive   to-us   the   sins   of-us

'And forgive us our debts'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 7/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ὡς   καὶ   ἡµεῖς   ἀφήκαµεν   τοῖς   ὀφειλέταις   ἡµῶν·

as   also   we   forgive   the   sinners   of-us

'as we forgive our debtors.'

καὶ   µὴ   εἰσενέγκῃς   ἡµᾶς   εἰς   πειρασµόν,

and   not   lead   us   into   temptation

'And lead us not into temptation'

ἀλλὰ   ῥῦσαι   ἡµᾶς   ἀπὸ   τοῦ   πονηροῦ

but   bring   us   away-from   the   evil

'but deliver us from evil.'

Related Language Courses at UT

Most but not all language courses taught at The University of Texas concern modern languages; however,
numerous courses in ancient Greek, at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, are taught in the
Department of Classics (http://www.utexas.edu/cola/depts/classics/) (link opens in a new browser
window). Online language courses for college credit are offered through the University Extension
(http://www.utexas.edu/ce/uex/online/) (new window).

Hellenic Resources Elsewhere

Our Web Links (https://liberalarts.utexas.edu/lrc/extras/links.php) page includes pointers to Hellenic


resources elsewhere (https://liberalarts.utexas.edu/lrc/extras/links.php#Hellenic).

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 8/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 1
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
Like the other gospels, the third was written anonymously. In the Classical world, identi cation was not
considerd to be as important as it is today. But in the second century, Christians began ascribing each
gospel, as well as the book of Acts, to a speci c author. In view of their close relationships, both the third
gospel and the book of Acts were ascribed to St. Luke. Efforts to support this identi cation were based on
passages in each. The third gospel begins with four remarkable verses that are parallel to the opening of
historical works of the Classical world, such as the history of Herodotus. These verses include a dedication
to Theophilus, literally "a man who loves God." On the basis of such evidence the gospel was assumed to
have been written by an educated Gentile to another Gentile. Luke is assumed to be a Gentile on the basis of
references in Colossians 4:10, 11, 14. Moreover, on the basis of the word "we" in Acts 16:10-14, Luke joined
Paul at Troas during his second missionary journey, and accompanied him to Philippi, staying there
apparently for seven years. Then he joined Paul again on his last return to Jerusalem (Acts 20:6-21:18), and
from there, eventually, to Rome (Acts 28:2, 12-16), where he supposedly remained with Paul until the latter's
death. The time of writing is unclear. From references in the early church fathers, it is assumed that Luke
wrote it sometime after the death of St. Paul in the late sixties.

Reading and Textual Analysis

Luke 2:1-14 (incl. memory verse)


The fourteen beginning verses of the gospel according to St. Luke, chapter 2, need little commentary. The
sentence structures are for the most part transparent. The passage is well known in its English translation.
This can easily be matched with the Greek original.

2:1 - Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡµέραις ἐξῆλθεν δόγµα παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν
οἰκουµένην.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 9/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- it happened
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
ταῖς -- article; dative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- those
ἡµέραις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- days
ἐξῆλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἐξέρχοµαι> come out -- (there) came
δόγµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <δόγµα> opinion, decree -- a decree
παρὰ -- preposition; <παρά> from, of -- from
Καίσαρος -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Καῖσαρ> Caesar -- Caesar
Αὐγούστου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Αὐγούστος> Augustus -- Augustus
ἀπογράφεσθαι -- verb; in nitive passive of <ἀπογράφω> register -- be registered
πᾶσαν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
οἰκουµένην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <οἰκουµένη> the inhabited world, the Roman
world -- world

2:2 - αὐτὴ ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο ἡγεµονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας Κυρηνίου.

αὐτὴ -- pronoun; nominative singular feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- this


ἀπογραφὴ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀπογραφή> census -- census
πρώτη -- adjective; nominative singular feminine of <πρῶτος> rst -- rst
ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- took place
ἡγεµονεύοντος -- verb; genitive singular masculine of present participle of <ἡγεµονεύω> govern --
governed
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Συρίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Συρία> Syria -- Syria
Κυρηνίου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Κυρηνίος> Cyrenius -- (when) Cyrenius

2:3 - καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες ἀπογράφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τήν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐπορεύοντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect passive of <πορεύω> go, make go -- were compelled to
go
πάντες -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
ἀπογράφεσθαι -- verb; in nitive passive of <ἀπογράφω> register -- to be registered
ἕκαστος -- inde nite pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ἕκαστος> each, every -- every one
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τήν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἑαυτοῦ -- re exive pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἑαυτοῦ> oneself -- his own
πόλιν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <πόλις> city -- city

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 10/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

2:4 - Ἀνέβη δὲ καὶ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως Ναζαρὲθ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν εἰς πόλιν Δαυὶδ ἥτις
καλεῖται Βηθλέεµ, διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυίδ,

ἀνέβη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἀναβαίνω> mount, go up -- went up


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἰωσὴφ -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰωσήφ> Joseph -- Joseph
ἀπὸ -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Γαλιλαίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Γαλιλαία> Galilee -- Galilee
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- out of
πόλεως -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <πόλις> city -- (the) city
Ναζαρὲθ -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Ναζαρέθ> Nazareth -- Nazareth
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰουδαίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Ἰουδαία> Judea -- Judea
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
πόλιν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <πόλις> city -- city
Δαυὶδ -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Δαυίδ> David -- (of) David
ἥτις -- relative pronoun; nominative singular feminine of <ὅστις> whoever, whatever -- which
καλεῖται -- verb; 3rd person singular present passive of <καλέω> call, summon -- is called
Βηθλέεµ -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <Βηθλέεµ> Bethlehem -- Bethlehem
διὰ -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- (through) because
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
εἶναι -- verb; in nitive of <εἰµί> I am -- (being) was
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (him) he
ἐξ -- preposition; <ἐξ> from, out of -- from
οἴκου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <οἶκος> house -- (the) house
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πατριᾶς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <πατριά> lineage -- lineage
Δαυίδ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Δαυίδ> David -- of David

2:5 - ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰµ τῇ ἐµνηστευµένῃ αὐτῷ, οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 11/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἀπογράψασθαι -- verb; in nitive future passive of <ἀπογράφω> register -- to be registered


σὺν -- preposition; <σύν> with -- with
Μαριὰµ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <Μιριάµ> (indeclinable; from Hebrew) Mary -- Mary
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἐµνηστευµένῃ -- verb; dative singular feminine of perfect participle passive of <µνηστεύω> woo,
espouse -- espoused
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
οὔσῃ -- verb; dative singular feminine of present participle of <εἰµί> I am -- (she) being
ἐγκύῳ -- adjective; dative singular feminine of <ἐγκύων> pregnant -- pregnant

2:6 - Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτούς ἐκεῖ ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡµέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν,

ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- it happened
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῷ -- article; dative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
εἶναι -- verb; in nitive of <εἰµί> I am -- being
αὐτούς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
ἐκεῖ -- adverb; <ἐκεῖ> there -- there
ἐπλήσθησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <πίµπληµι> ll -- were ful lled
αἱ -- article; nominative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἡµέραι -- noun, feminine; nominative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- days
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
τεκεῖν -- verb; in nitive aorist of <τίκτω> give birth -- to give birth
αὐτήν -- pronoun; accusative singular feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (for) her

2:7 - καὶ ἔτεκεν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον, καὶ ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν
φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύµατι.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 12/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἔτεκεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <τίκτω> give birth -- gave birth to
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
υἱὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
αὐτῆς -- pronoun; genitive singular feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- her
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
πρωτότοκον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <πρωτότοκος> rst-born -- rst-born
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐσπαργάνωσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <σπαργανόω> wrap in swaddling clothes --
wrapped ... in swaddling clothes
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀνέκλινεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <ἀνακλίνω> lay down -- laid
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
φάτνῃ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <φάτνη> manger -- manger
διότι -- conjunction; <διότι> because -- because
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
ἦν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- there was
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- for them
τόπος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <τόπος> place -- room
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῷ -- article; dative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
καταλύµατι -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <κατάλυµα> inn -- inn

2:8 - Καὶ ποιµένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ ἀγραυλοῦντες καὶ φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ
τὴν ποίµην αὐτῶν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 13/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ποιµένες -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <ποιµήν> shepherd -- shepherds
ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- (there) were
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
χώρᾳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <χώρα> land, country -- place
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
αὐτῇ -- pronoun; dative singular feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- that
ἀγραυλοῦντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <ἀγραυλούνω> dwell in the
elds -- dwelling in the elds
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
φυλάσσοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <φυλάσσω> keep watch --
keeping watch
φυλακὰς -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <φυλακή> watch -- ...
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- that
νυκτὸς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <νύξ> night -- night
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- over
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- their
ποίµην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ποίµην> ock -- ock
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- their

2:9 - καὶ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς καὶ δόξα κυρίου περιέλαµψεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον
µέγαν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἄγγελος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄγγελος> angel -- the angel
κυρίου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <κύριος> lord -- of the Lord
ἐπέστη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἐφίστηµι> stand up, appear -- appeared
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
δόξα -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <δόξα> glory -- the glory
κυρίου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <κύριος> lord -- of the Lord
περιέλαµψεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <περιλάµπω> shine around -- shone around
αὐτούς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐφοβήθησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <φοβέω> terrify -- they feared
φόβον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <φόβος> fear -- (fear)
µέγαν -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <µέγας> great -- (a...great) = greatly

2:10 - καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, µὴ φοβεῖσθε·

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 14/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄγγελος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄγγελος> angel -- angel
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
φοβεῖσθε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative middle of <φοβέω> terrify -- do...fear

ἰδοὺ γὰρ εὐαγγελίζοµαι ὑµῖν χαρὰν µεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ·

ἰδοὺ -- adverb; <ἰδού> behold -- behold


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
εὐαγγελίζοµαι -- deponent verb; 1st person singular present middle of <εὐαγγελίζοµαι> bring good
news -- I bring good news
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
χαρὰν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <χαρά> joy -- (of) ... joy
µεγάλην -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <µέγας> great -- great
ἥτις -- relative pronoun; nominative singular feminine of <ὅστις> whoever, whatever -- which
ἔσται -- verb; 3rd person singular future of <εἰµί> I am -- shall be
παντὶ -- adjective; dative singular masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- to all
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
λαῷ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <λαός> people -- people

2:11 - ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑµῖν σήµερον σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν χριστὸς κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυίδ.

ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that


ἐτέχθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <τίκτω> give birth -- was born
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
σήµερον -- adverb; <σήµερον> today -- today
σωτὴρ -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <σωτήρ> Savior -- a Savior
ὅς -- relative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- who
ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
χριστὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <χριστός> Christ -- Christ
κύριος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <κύριος> lord -- the Lord
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
πόλει -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <πόλις> city -- the city
Δαυίδ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Δαυίδ> David -- of David

2:12 - καὶ τοῦτο ὑµῖν σηµεῖον, εὑρήσετε βρέφος ἐσπαργανωµένον καὶ κείµενον ἐν φάτνῃ

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 15/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


τοῦτο -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <οὗτος> this -- this
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
σηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <σηµεῖον> sign, miracle -- (shall be a) sign
εὑρήσετε -- verb; 2nd person plural future of <εὑρίσκω> nd -- you shall nd
βρέφος -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <βρέφος> new-born baby -- baby
ἐσπαργανωµένον -- verb; accusative singular neuter of perfect participle passive of <σπαργανόω>
wrap in swaddling clothes -- wrapped in swaddling clothes
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
κείµενον -- verb; accusative singular neuter of present participle middle of <κεῖµαι> lie -- lying
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
φάτνῃ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <φάτνη> manger -- a manger

2:13 - καὶ ἐξαίφνης ἐγένετο σὺν τῷ ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου αἰνούντων τὸν θεὸν καὶ
λεγόντων,

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐξαίφνης -- adverb; <ἐξαίφνης> suddenly -- suddenly
ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- there was
σὺν -- preposition; <σύν> with -- with
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀγγέλῳ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <ἄγγελος> angel -- angel
πλῆθος -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πλῆθος> multitude -- a great number
στρατιᾶς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <στρατία> host -- of a ... host
οὐρανίου -- adjective; genitive singular feminine of <οὐράνιος> heavenly -- heavenly
αἰνούντων -- verb; genitive plural feminine of <αἰνέω> praise -- praising
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <θεός> god -- God
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
λεγόντων -- verb; genitive plural feminine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying

2:14 (memory verse) -

δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ


καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰρήνη ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 16/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

δόξα -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <δόξα> glory -- glory


ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
ὑψίστοις -- adjective; dative plural masculine of <ὕψιστος> highest -- in the highest = in heaven above
θεῷ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <θεός> god -- to God
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
γῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- earth
εἰρήνη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <εἰρήνη> peace -- peace
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- to
ἀνθρώποις -- noun, masculine; dative plural of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- human beings
εὐδοκίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <εὐδοκία> satisfaction -- of good will

Lesson Text

2:1 - Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡµέραις ἐξῆλθεν δόγµα παρὰ Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου ἀπογράφεσθαι
πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουµένην. 2:2 - αὐτὴ ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο ἡγεµονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας
Κυρηνίου. 2:3 - καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες ἀπογράφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τήν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν. 2:4 - Ἀνέβη
δὲ καὶ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως Ναζαρὲθ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν εἰς πόλιν Δαυὶδ ἥτις
καλεῖται Βηθλέεµ, διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυίδ, 2:5 - ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν
Μαριὰµ τῇ ἐµνηστευµένῃ αὐτῷ, οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ. 2:6 - Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτούς ἐκεῖ
ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡµέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν, 2:7 - καὶ ἔτεκεν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον, καὶ
ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ
καταλύµατι. 2:8 - Καὶ ποιµένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ ἀγραυλοῦντες καὶ φυλάσσοντες
φυλακὰς τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ποίµην αὐτῶν. 2:9 - καὶ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς καὶ δόξα
κυρίου περιέλαµψεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον µέγαν. 2:10 - καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, µὴ
φοβεῖσθε· ἰδοὺ γὰρ εὐαγγελίζοµαι ὑµῖν χαρὰν µεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ· 2:11 - ὅτι
ἐτέχθη ὑµῖν σήµερον σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν χριστὸς κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυίδ. 2:12 - καὶ τοῦτο ὑµῖν
σηµεῖον, εὑρήσετε βρέφος ἐσπαργανωµένον καὶ κείµενον ἐν φάτνῃ 2:13 - καὶ ἐξαίφνης ἐγένετο
σὺν τῷ ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου αἰνούντων τὸν θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων, 2:14 (memory verse)
-

δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ


καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰρήνη ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 17/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


2:1 And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus, that all the

world should be taxed. 2 (And this taxing was rst made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) 3 And
all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. 4 And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city
of Nazareth, into Judaea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the
house and lineage of David:) 5 to be taxed with Mary his espoused wife, being great with child. 6 And
so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. 7 And
she brought forth her rstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger;
because there was no room for them in the inn.

8 And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the eld, keeping watch over their ock by
night. 9 And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about
them: and they were sore afraid. 10 And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you
good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. 11 For unto you is born this day in the city of
David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. 12 And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall nd the babe
wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. 13 And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude
of the heavenly host praising God, and saying,

2:14 (memory verse) --


Glory to God in the highest,
and on earth peace, good will toward men.

Grammar
1 The alphabet and sound system.
1.1 The alphabet.
The alphabet is the same for New Testament Greek as for Classical Greek. The names are generally well
known, such as the rst two from our word alphabet, the third from gamma rays, the fourth from the delta of
a river, and so on.

The same pronunciation is used for the language, in spite of the difference in time. As a result of the
conquests of Alexander the Great (356-323), Greek came to be used throughout the world adjoining the
eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea, extending farther east and also in the south to Egypt and in the west
to Italy. It was the common (κοινη) language much as English is today. In such a wide expanse, there were
differences of pronunciation and usage, just as there are in English today. These may be of interest for
scholarly purposes, but they do not affect the reading and understanding of the Biblical texts.

The letters in small and capital forms, with their names and guides to pronunciation, are as follows:

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 18/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Alpha   α, Α   father

Beta   β, Β   bother

Gamma   γ, Γ   gather

Delta   δ, Δ   delta

Epsilon   ε, Ε   debt

Zeta   ζ, Ζ   zen

Eta   η, Η   rate (rat)

Theta   θ, Θ   thin (tin) i.e. with aspiration

Iota   ι, Ι   sin

Kappa   κ, Κ   cope (scope) i.e. no aspiration

Lamba   λ, Λ   lap

Mu   µ, Μ   map

Nu   ν, Ν   nap

Ksi   ξ, Ξ   tax

Omikron   ο, Ο   rope

Pi   π, Π   poke (spoke) i.e., no aspiration

Rho   ρ, Ρ   rope

Sigma   σς, Σ   soap (note: lower-case form has 2 variants)

Tau   τ, Τ   top (stop) i.e. no aspiration

Upsilon   υ, Υ   soon (German Suehne) i.e. front rounded

Phi   φ, Φ   four (pour) i.e. with aspiration

Chi   χ, Χ   core (German ich or ach) i.e. velar fricative

Psi   ψ, Ψ   tops

Omega   ω, Ω   boat (bought)

In addition, words beginning with vowels may have an initial h sound. This is called a breathing. If beginning
with h, the breathing is called rough, represented by the diacritic ῾ immediately preceding or over the vowel
(e.g., ὁ); if without an h sound, the breathing is smooth, represented by the diacritic ᾿ immediately preceding
or over the vowel (e.g., ὀ).

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 19/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Moreover, vowels may have an iota subscript, that is, an [i] sound after the vowel, written as a diacritic
beneath the vowel (e.g., ῳ); while indicated in texts, this is generally left without pronunciation.

1.2 The sound system.


The system is as follows:

    Labials   Dentals   Palato-velars

Voiceless:   π   τ   κ

Voiced:   β   δ   γ

Aspirated, voiceless:   φ   θ   χ

Fricative:       ς    

Nasals:   µ   ν   γ (spelled γ before γ or κ)

             

Vowels:   ι             υ

    ε     ο  

        α    

    ῑ             ῡ

    η     ω  

        ᾱ    

Diphthongs:   ει αι οι υι   ευ αυ ηυ ου

Classical Greek had a musical accent. There are three such accents. Vowels marked with oxia (e.g., ά) had
high pitch; those with varia (e.g., ὰ) had a low or falling pitch; those marked with perispomeni (e.g., ᾶ) had
rising and falling pitch.

The accent had changed, however, from one of pitch to one of stress. Yet the stress fell on the same
syllables as in Classical Greek. The different type of stress is assumed to have had an effect on the quality
of vowels. We may disregard such effects, and pronounce the words as in Classical Greek.

2 The basis word order of sentences in New Testament Greek.


In contrast with Classical Greek, in which the verb often stood at the end of the clause, verbs are placed
initially in many sentences of New Testament Greek, or after the subject. In almost all of the sentences in
this text, they stand initially. Their position may be due to in uence from Aramaic, which is the other

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 20/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

language of probably all authors of the New Testament as well as of Jesus. Like Hebrew, it is a verb-initial
language. The rst words of our text may provide an example:

Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡµέραις ἐκείνοις


"And it happened in those days..."

Another syntactic in uence from Aramaic is the frequent use of an initial word for 'and' in the sentence, as in
2.8:

Καὶ ποιµένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ


"And shepherds were in that area"

Languages in which the verb is initial in the clause often place a connective before it. The Hebrew Bible
does so, with an equivalent to Greek καί; this practice not only in uenced New Testament Greek, but also
later translations like the King James version for English and the translations in other languages.

3 Modi cations of the basic sentence pattern.


The sentences in the New Testament are relatively short and transparent, as in this text. There are few
subordinate clauses; phrases with participles and in nitives may replace them. One such construction is the
genitive absolute, in which a participle and a noun in the genitive correspond to a subordinate clause, as in
2:2 --

ἡγεµενεύοντος τῆς Συριάς Κυρηνίου


governing                   Syria     Cyrenius
"when Cyrenius was governing Syria"

Another such construction is the use of an in nitive with a noun in the accusative as subject, as in 2.4:

διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἶκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυίδ


through the be(ing) him from house and lineage David
"because he was from the house and lineage of David"

But in general, many examples of the use of participles and in nitives are comparable to that in English.

4 Nominal in ection.
Nouns, adjective and the article are in ected for three genders, four cases, and two numbers. The dual is no
longer used. The three genders are the masculine, feminine and neuter. The four cases are the nominative,
genitive, dative, and accusative. The principal uses of the cases are readily noted. The nominative is the
case of the subject and of nouns after the copula in the predicative nominative. The genitive is the case of
possession. The dative is the case of the indirect object, but is used less than in Classical Greek; nouns with
prepositions may replace it. The accusative is the case of the direct object.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 21/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Because of the common use of the article, its forms might well be memorized.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom sg   ὁ   ἡ   τό

Gen sg   τοῦ   τῆς   τοῦ

Dat sg   τῷ   τῇ   τῷ

Acc sg   τόν   τήν   τό

             

Nom pl   οἱ   αἱ   τά

Gen pl   τῶν   τῶν   τῶν

Dat pl   τοῖς   ταῖς   τοῖς

Acc pl   τούς   τάς   τά

Examples of the ο-declension, masculine and neuter, and the α-declension, feminine, are given here.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom sg   ὁ λόγος 'word'   ἡ ἡµέρα 'day'   τὸ δῶρον 'gift'

Gen sg   τοῦ λόγου   τῆς ἡµέρας   τοῦ δώρον

Dat sg   τῷ λόγῳ   τῇ ἡµέρᾳ   τῷ δώρῳ

Acc sg   τόν λόγον   τὴν ἡµέραν   τὸ δῶρου

             

Nom pl   οἱ λόγοι   αἱ ἡµέραι   τὰ δῶρα

Gen pl   τῶν λόγων   τῶν ἡµερῶν   τῶν δώρων

Dat pl   τοῖς λόγοις   ταῖς ἡµέραις   τοῖς δώροις

Acc pl   τοὺς λόγους   τὰς ἡµέρας   τὰ δῶρα

5 Verb in ection.
Greek verbs are in ected for three voices, active, middle and passive, for four moods, indicative, subjunctive,
optative and imperative, three systems or tenses, present, aorist and perfect, three numbers, singular, dual,
plural. The augment 'ε' (epsilon) is used with past tense forms, imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect, but only in
the indicative. The perfect stem is often reduplicated. In addition there are in nitives and participles.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 22/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

In view of its regularity, the verb πιστεύω 'believe' may be used to illustrate the various forms. Here the
present and the imperfect indicative active are given. Before vowels, 'ν' (nu) is added to some forms ending
in a vowel.

    Present   Imperfect

1 sg   πιστεύω   ἐπίστευον

2 sg   πιστεύεις   ἐπίστευες

3 sg   πιστεύει   ἐπίστευε(ν)

         

1 pl   πιστεύοµεν   ἐπιστεύοµεν

2 pl   πιστεύετε   ἐπιστεύετε

3 pl   πιστεύουσι(ν)   ἐπίστευον

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 23/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 2
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
The rst gospel clearly had a Jewish author, as may be noted from his stress on the genealogy of Jesus
given in his rst chapter and from his many references to Old Testament prophecies, such as the quotation
in verse 6 of this text as well as others in this chapter and later. By tradition the author was Matthew (a.k.a.
Levi), the tax collector whom Jesus called to be a disciple in Chapter 9, verse 9 of the book. But modern
scholars consider the identi cation unlikely because nowhere throughout the book does the disciple provide
evidence that he was its author. Rather it is assumed that the author was a Jew who wrote the book for
Christians outside Israel. Because there are passages that seem to be based on Mark's account, such as the
baptism of Jesus by John, it is assumed that the Gospel according to Matthew was written after that of
Mark, possibly in the eighties.

Reading and Textual Analysis


Matthew 2:1-12, and Mark 10:14b (memory verse)
The Gospel according to Matthew has been especially valued, as indicated by its position as the rst gospel,
and also because of its remarkable passages. Among these are realistic accounts of the life of Jesus, such
as his baptism by John in Chapter 3 and his temptation by the devil in Chapter 4. These are followed by
passages that have been central to Christian worship ever since--the Sermon on the Mount, which includes
the Beatitudes and the Lord's Prayer. And his exhortation in Chapter 10 to his disciples when he sent them
out as well as his instructions in Chapters 18 and 19 are readily applicable to the life of his followers at the
time and later. The selection here, which also illustrates the author's literary capabilities, is a central part of
the annual celebration of his birth at Christmas.

2:1 - Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεµ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡµέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ µάγοι
ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυµα λέγοντες,

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 24/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now (when)
Ἰησοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
γεννηθέντος -- deponent verb; genitive singular masculine of aorist passive participle of <γίγνοµαι>
happen, become -- was born
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
Βηθλέεµ -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <Βηθλέεµ> Bethlehem -- Bethlehem
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰουδαίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Ἰουδαία> Judea -- Judea
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
ἡµέραις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- (the) days
Ἡρῴδου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Ἡρῴδης> Herod -- of Herod
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλέως -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <βασιλεύς> king -- king
ἰδοὺ -- adverb; <ἰδού> behold -- behold
µάγοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <µάγος> wise man -- wise men
ἀπὸ -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
ἀνατολῶν -- noun, feminine; genitive plural of <ἀνατολή> east -- (the) East
παρεγένοντο -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist middle of <παραγίγνοµαι> come -- came
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
Ἱεροσόλυµα -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <Ἱεροσόλυµα> Jerusalem -- Jerusalem
λέγοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying

2:2 - ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων;

ποῦ -- adverb; <ποῦ> where -- where


ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
τεχθεὶς -- verb; nominative singular masculine of passive participle of <τίκτω> give birth -- (who was)
born
βασιλεὺς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <βασιλεύς> king -- king
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- of the
Ἰουδαίων -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <Ἰουδαῖος> Jew -- Jews

εἴδοµεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, καὶ ἤλθοµεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 25/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

εἴδοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural aorist of <ὁράω> see -- we have seen
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀστέρα -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <ἀστήρ> star -- star
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀνατολῇ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <ἀνατολή> east -- east
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἤλθοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural aorist of <ἔρχοµαι> come -- we have come
προσκυνῆσαι -- verb; aorist in nitive of <προσκυνέω> worship -- to worship
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

2:3 - ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυµα κατ' αὐτοῦ.

ἀκούσας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- having
heard
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
βασιλεὺς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <βασιλεύς> king -- King
Ἡρῴδης -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἡρῴδης> Herod -- Herod
ἐταράχθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ταράσσω> trouble -- was troubled
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πᾶσα -- adjective; nominative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
Ἱεροσόλυµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <Ἱεροσόλυµα> Jerusalem -- Jerusalem
κατ' -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- with
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

2:4 - καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραµµατεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπυνθάνετο παρ' αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ
χριστὸς γεννᾶται.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 26/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


συναγαγὼν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <συνάγω> bring together --
having brought together
πάντας -- adjective; accusative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀρχιερεῖς -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <ἀρχιερεύς> chief priest -- chief priests
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
γραµµατεῖς -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <γραµµατεύς> scribe -- scribes
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- of the
λαοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <λαός> people -- people
ἐπυνθάνετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular imperfect middle of <πυνθάνοµαι> inquire -- he
inquired
παρ' -- preposition; <παρά> from, of -- of
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
ποῦ -- adverb; <ποῦ> where -- where
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
χριστὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <χριστός> Christ -- Christ
γεννᾶται -- verb; 3rd person singular present subjunctive passive of <γεννάω> beget, bring forth --
would be born

2:5 - οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ

οἱ -- article used as pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- they


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
εἶπαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him

ἐν Βηθλέεµ τῆς Ἰουδαίας. οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου,

ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
Βηθλέεµ -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <Βηθλέεµ> Bethlehem -- Bethlehem
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰουδαίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Ἰουδαία> Judea -- of Judea
οὕτως -- adverb; <οὕτως> so, thus -- so
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- it is written
διὰ -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- by
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
προφήτου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <προφήτης> prophet -- prophet

2:6 - καὶ σὺ Βηθλέεµ, γῆ Ἰούδα,


οὐδαµῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεµόσιν Ἰούδα

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 27/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


σὺ -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you
Βηθλέεµ -- noun, neuter; vocative singular of <Βηθλέεµ> Bethlehem -- Bethlehem
γῆ -- noun, feminine; vocative singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- (in the) land
Ἰούδα -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Ἰούδα> Juda -- of Juda
οὐδαµῶς -- adverb; <οὐδαµῶς> by no means -- by no means
ἐλαχίστη -- adjective; nominative singular feminine of superlative of <µικρός> small -- the smallest
εἶ -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- you are
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- among
τοῖς -- article; dative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἡγεµόσιν -- noun, masculine; dative plural of <ἡγεµών> leader -- leaders
Ἰούδα -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Ἰούδα> Juda -- of Juda

ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούµενος,


ὅστις ποιµανεῖ τὸν λαόν µου τὸν Ἰσραήλ

ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- out of


σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular feminine of <σύ> you -- you
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ἐξελεύσεται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular future of <ἐξέρχοµαι> come out -- will come
ἡγούµενος -- verb; nominative singular masculine of present participle of <ἡγέοµαι> lead, regard, rule
-- a ruler
ὅστις -- relative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὅστις> whoever, whatever -- who
ποιµανεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular future of <ποιµαίνω> to be shepherd, rule over -- will rule over
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
λαόν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <λαός> people -- people
µου -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- my
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰσραήλ -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἰσραήλ> Israel -- Israel

2:7 - Τότε Ἡρῴδης λάθρα καλέσας τοὺς µάγους ἠκρίβωσεν παρ' αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινοµένου
ἀστέρος.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 28/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τότε -- adverb; <τότε> then -- then


Ἡρῴδης -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἡρῴδης> Herod -- Herod
λάθρα -- adverb; <λάθρα> secretly -- secretly
καλέσας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <καλέω> call, summon -- having
summoned
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
µάγους -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <µάγος> wise man -- wise men
ἠκρίβωσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἀκριβόω> investigate thoroughly -- inquired
thoroughly
παρ' -- preposition; <παρά> from, of -- of
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
χρόνον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <χρόνος> time -- time
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- of the
φαινοµένου -- deponent verb; genitive singular masculine of present participle of <φαίνοµαι> see --
seen
ἀστέρος -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <ἀστήρ> star -- star

2:8 - καὶ πέµψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεµ εἶπεν

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


πέµψας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <πέµπω> send -- sending
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
Βηθλέεµ -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <Βηθλέεµ> Bethlehem -- Bethlehem
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- he said

πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου.

πορευθέντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle passive of <πορεύω> go, make go
-- having gone
ἐξετάσατε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative aorist of <ἐξετάζω> inquire -- inquire
ἀκριβῶς -- adverb; <ἀκριβῶς> sharply, diligently -- diligently
περὶ -- preposition; <περί> around -- concerning
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
παιδίου -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <παιδίον> young child -- young child

ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ µοι, ὅπως κάγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 29/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἐπὰν -- conjunction; <ἐπάν> whenever -- whenever


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
εὕρητε -- verb; 2nd person plural aorist subjunctive of <εὑρίσκω> nd -- nd out
ἀπαγγείλατέ -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative aorist of <ἀπαγγέλλω> report -- report
µοι -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- to me
ὅπως -- adverb; <ὅπως> so that -- so that
κάγὼ -- conjunction; <καί> and + pronoun; nominative singular of <ἐγώ> I -- I too
ἐλθὼν -- deponent verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go --
going
προσκυνήσω -- verb; 1st person singular future of <προσκυνέω> worship -- may worship
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

2:9 - οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν.

οἱ -- article used as pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- they


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
ἀκούσαντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- having
heard
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλέως -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <βασιλεύς> king -- king
ἐπορεύθησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <πορεύω> go, make go -- departed

καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 30/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἰδοὺ -- adverb; <ἰδού> behold -- behold
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀστήρ -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἀστήρ> star -- star
ὃν -- relative pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- which
εἶδον -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ὁράω> see -- they saw
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀνατολῇ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <ἀνατολή> east -- east
προῆγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <προάγω> proceed, go before -- went before
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
ἕως -- conjunction; <ἕως> until -- until
ἐλθὼν -- deponent verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go --
moving
ἐστάθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἵστηµι> put, place, stand -- it stood
ἐπάνω -- adverb; <ἐπάνω> above -- above
οὗ -- relative pronoun; genitive singular neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- where
ἦν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- was
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
παιδίον -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <παιδίον> young child -- young child

2:10 - ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν µεγάλην σφόδρα.

ἰδόντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <ὁράω> see -- seeing
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀστέρα -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <ἀστήρ> star -- star
ἐχάρησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <χαίρω> rejoice -- they rejoiced (with)
χαρὰν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <χαρά> joy -- joy
µεγάλην -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <µέγας> great -- great
σφόδρα -- adverb; <σφόδρα> very -- very

2:11 - καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἶδον τὸ παιδίον µετὰ Μαρίας τῆς µητρὸς αὐτοῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 31/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐλθόντες -- deponent verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go --
going
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
οἰκίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <οἰκία> house -- building
εἶδον -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ὁράω> see -- they saw
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
παιδίον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <παιδίον> young child -- young child
µετὰ -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- with
Μαρίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Μαρία> Mary -- Mary
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µητρὸς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <µήτηρ> mother -- mother
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his

καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα,
χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σµύρναν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


πεσόντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <πίπτω> fall -- falling down
προσεκύνησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <προσκυνέω> worship -- worshipped
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀνοίξαντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <ἀνοίγνυµι> open -- having
opened
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θησαυροὺς -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <θησαυρός> treasure -- treasures
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- their
προσήνεγκαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <προσφέρω> offer, present -- they presented
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
δῶρα -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <δῶρον> gift -- gifts
χρυσὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <χρυσός> gold -- gold
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
λίβανον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <λίβανος> frankincense, frankincense tree --
frankincense
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
σµύρναν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <σµύρνα> myrrh -- myrrh

2:12 - καὶ χρηµατισθέντες κατ' ὄναρ µὴ ἀνακάµψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην, δι' ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν
χώραν αὐτῶν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 32/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


χρηµατισθέντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle passive of <χρηµατίζω>
negotiate, warn -- having been warned
κατ' -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- in
ὄναρ -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <ὄναρ> dream -- (a) dream
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἀνακάµψαι -- verb; aorist in nitive of <ἀνακάµπτω> return -- (to) return
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
Ἡρῴδην -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἡρῴδης> Herod -- Herod
δι' -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- by
ἄλλης -- adjective; genitive singular feminine of <ἄλλος> other -- (an) other
ὁδοῦ -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <ὁδός> way, road -- way
ἀνεχώρησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ἀνακάµπτω> return -- returned
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
χώραν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <χώρα> land, country -- land
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- their

Mark 10:14b (memory verse) -

Ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός µε,


µὴ κωλύετε αὐτά·
τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ.

ἄφετε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <ἀφίηµι> send forth, throw down, permit, forgive -- suffer
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
παιδία -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <παιδίον> young child -- little children
ἔρχεσθαι -- deponent verb; in nitive of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- (to) come
πρός -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
µε -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- me
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
κωλύετε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <κωλύω> hinder, prevent -- (do) . . .hinder
αὐτά -- pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
τοιούτων -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <τοιοῦτος> such -- of such
ἐστὶν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλεία -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- god

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 33/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Lesson Text

2:1 - Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεµ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡµέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ
µάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυµα λέγοντες, 2:2 - ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς βασιλεὺς
τῶν Ἰουδαίων; εἴδοµεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, καὶ ἤλθοµεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 2:3
- ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυµα κατ' αὐτοῦ. 2:4 - καὶ
συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραµµατεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπυνθάνετο παρ' αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ
χριστὸς γεννᾶται. 2:5 - οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ ἐν Βηθλέεµ τῆς Ἰουδαίας. οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ
προφήτου, 2:6 - καὶ σὺ Βηθλέεµ, γῆ Ἰούδα,
οὐδαµῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεµόσιν Ἰούδα ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούµενος,
ὅστις ποιµανεῖ τὸν λαόν µου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 2:7 - Τότε Ἡρῴδης λάθρα καλέσας τοὺς µάγους
ἠκρίβωσεν παρ' αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινοµένου ἀστέρος. 2:8 - καὶ πέµψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεµ
εἶπεν πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου. ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ µοι, ὅπως
κάγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. 2:9 - οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν. καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ
ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον. 2:10 -
ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν µεγάλην σφόδρα. 2:11 - καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἶδον
τὸ παιδίον µετὰ Μαρίας τῆς µητρὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνοίξαντες
τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σµύρναν. 2:12 - καὶ
χρηµατισθέντες κατ' ὄναρ µὴ ἀνακάµψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην, δι' ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν
χώραν αὐτῶν. Mark 10:14b (memory verse) -

Ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός µε,


µὴ κωλύετε αὐτά·
τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 34/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


2:1 Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judaea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there

came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, 2 Saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for
we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him.

3 When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. 4 And

when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them
where Christ should be born. 5 And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judaea: for thus it is written by
the prophet,

6 And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda,

art not the least among the princes of Juda:


for out of thee shall come a Governor,
that shall rule my people Israel.

7 Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star

appeared. 8 And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and
when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also.

9 When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went

before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. 10 When they saw the star, they
rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 11 And when they were come into the house, they saw the young
child with Mary his mother, and fell down, and worshipped him: and when they had opened their
treasures, they presented unto him gifts; gold, and frankincense and myrrh. 12 And being warned of
God in a dream that they should not return to Herod, they departed into their own country another way.

Mark 10:14b (memory verse) --


Suffer the little children to come unto me,
and forbid them not:
for of such is the kingdom of God.

Grammar
6 Conjunctions and Particles.
As these texts exemplify, Greek makes great use of conjunctions and particles. These may have basic
meanings, but many of them simply suggest relationships between syntactic units, so that they vary in use
and may even not need to be translated.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 35/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

The most common conjunction is καί, with a basic meaning of 'and' but also 'even' and at times 'but'.
Another common conjunction is γάρ, with a basic meaning of 'for' but also 'now', or it may be added simply
to strengthen questions.

Particles typically stand right after the rst content word in sentences. Among the particles, δέ is very
common, as in our texts; it has a basic adversative meaning and may often be translated 'but' or 'on the
other hand', but is often redundant. In a different meaning it is attached to names of places that are in the
accusative, and then means 'to'. In addition it may be added to pronouns to strengthen their meaning. The
particle τε is also very common, and has the meaning 'and'; it is often used after both nouns that are
conjoined. The particle µέν often stands in clauses that are followed by other clauses including δέ, where it
means something like 'on the one hand'; it may also be combined with other particles, as in µὲν ἄρα, where
it means 'and'. The particle δή indicates emphasis, as on the word preceding it. In short, particles often
supply meaning much as intonation does in English. The meaning of the content words in sentences may be
a guide to interpretation of the particles included in them.

7 Participles.
Participles are often used to function as verbs of modifying clauses. These modifying clauses may
correspond to relative clauses, as does τεχθαὶς in 2:2. The relationship to a principal clauses may require a
further interpretation, as does that of the participle ἀκούσας in 2:3 or that of συναγαγὼν in 2:4. On the
other hand, they may be treated as participles in English, for example πέµψας in 2:8. They may also be
nominal; an example is ἡγούµενος in 2:6. The interpretations will generally be clear from the contexts in
which they are found.

8 Nouns in consonantal declension.


Nouns in the consonantal declension often have the nal consonant elided before the nominative ending, so
that their stem form must be determined from the genitive or other oblique cases. Examples are given here
of nouns with stems ending in -δ- and -ρ-.

    Masculine   Feminine

Nom sg   ὁ παῖς 'child'   ἡ θυγάτηρ 'daughter'

Gen sg   τοῦ παιδός   τῆς θυγατέρος

Dat sg   τῷ παιδί   τῇ θυγατέρι

Acc sg   τὸν παῖδα   τῆν θυγατέρα

         

Nom pl   οἱ παῖδες   αἱ θυγατέρες

Gen pl   τῶν παίδων   τῶν θυγατέρων

Dat pl   τοῖς παῖσι   ταῖς θυγατέρσι

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 36/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Acc pl   τοὺς παῖδας   τὰς θυγατέρας

9 Personal pronouns.
The rst and second personal pronouns have enclitic forms in the oblique cases of the singular, which are
given here after the regular forms; they have no accent. The third person forms, for 'he, she, it', are supplied
by the intensive pronoun meaning 'self'; the genitive singular forms would have the meanings 'of him, of her,
of it', the dative singular forms would have the meanings 'to him, to her, to it', and so on.

    1st Person   2nd Person   3rd Person

            Masc.   Fem.   Neut.

Nom sg   ἐγώ   σύ   αὐτός   αὐτή   αὐτό

Gen sg   ἐµοῦ, µου   σοῦ, σου   αὐτοῦ   αὐτῆς   αὐτοῦ

Dat sg   ἐµοί, µοι   σοί, σοι   αὐτῷ   αὐτῇ   αὐτῷ

Acc sg   ἐµέ, µε   σέ, σε   αὐτόν   αὐτήν   αὐτό

                     

Nom pl   ἡµεῖς   ὑµεῖς   αὐτοῖ   αὐταῖ   αὐτά

Gen pl   ἡµῶν   ὑµῶν   αὐτῶν   αὐτῶν   αὐτῶν

Dat pl   ἡµῖν   ὑµῖν   αὐτοῖς   αὐταῖς   αὐτοῖς

Acc pl   ἡµᾶς   ὑµᾶς   αὐτούς   αὐτάς   αὐτά

10 The Present System of verbs.


The present system includes ve categories of forms: the present indicative, the imperfect, the subjunctive,
the optative, and the imperative. In addition there is an in nitive and also a participle. The rst two
categories have been given in Lesson 1; the others are given here using the verb [in nitive] πιστεύειν.

    Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   πιστεύω   πιστεύοιµι    

2 sg   πιστεύῃς   πιστεύοις   πίστευε

3 sg   πιστεύῃ   πιστεύοι   πιστευέτω

             

1 pl   πιστεύωµεν   πιστεύοιµεν    

2 pl   πιστεύητε   πιστεύοιτε   πιστεύετε

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 37/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

3 pl   πιστεύωσι(ν)   πιστεύοιεν   πιστευόντων

The participial forms, nominative and genitive singular, are as follows.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom sg   πιστεύων   πιστεύουσα   πιστεῦον

Gen sg   πιστεύοντος   πιστευούσης   πιστεύοντος

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 38/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 3
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
Like the other gospels, the fourth is anonymous; but it has been ascribed to St. John because of references
to him, such as those in chapter 21, verses 21 to 23, followed by the statement in verse 24 that "this is the
disciple that ... wrote these things." The fourth gospel is unlike the other three even though, like them, it has
the form of a biography. Omitting any information on the birth and early years of Jesus, it begins with a
section equating him with the Word and the only begotten of the Father. It continues with his baptism by
John the Baptist, following that with eleven chapters on his miracles and his discussions. Chapters thirteen
to nineteen then report the events of twenty-four hours, followed by chapter twenty on his resurrection,
which with a nal chapter also relates his subsequent meetings with his disciples.

Reading and Textual Analysis

John 3:1-13, and Romans 1:17b (memory verse)


This selection from Chapter 3 is one of the most remarkable among the four gospels. It has given rise to the
view that Christians must be born again. That belief rests on the interpretation of the Greek word ἄνωθεν.
Jesus used it in his response to the statesman, Nicodemus, who may well have interpreted it in accordance
with the language that was general in his position for dealing with public affairs, and with his logical mind,
as re ected in his question in verse four.

The word is a compound consisting of the rst element the adverb ἄνω, which means 'up, on high, in
heaven'. The second element is the su x -θεν, which means 'from', as in words like οἴκοθεν 'from home'. In
Classical Greek it has only its literal meaning 'from above'; but in the New Testament it has the additional
meaning 'again'. The statesman clearly interprets it in this sense. But Jesus in his usual quiet way of
teaching goes on to say without contradicting him directly 'unless one is born of water and the spirit', clearly
indicating that he intends the literal sense. He then continues in verse eight with one of the most remarkable
passages in literature as presented in the King James translation; the verse supports the literal
interpretation of ἄνωθεν.

The passage is also of interest in indicating that the conversation between Jesus and Nicodemus was
probably conducted in Greek. Dr. Esther Raizen informs me that there is no ambiguity of interpretation of the
corresponding terms in Hebrew, and presumably also not in Aramaic. Two Hebrew translations of the
passage use a word meaning 'again', while another uses a word meaning 'from above'. Jesus' statements in
verse ve and later would be di cult to account for unless his use of ἄνωθεν indicated the necessity of
being born from above.

3:1 - Ἦν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδηµος ὄνοµα αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 39/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἦν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- (there) was


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now
ἄνθρωπος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- (a) man
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- of
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
Φαρισαίων -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <Φαρισαῖος> Pharisee -- Pharisees
Νικόδηµος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Νικόδηµος> Nicodemus -- Nicodemus
ὄνοµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <ὄνοµα> name -- name
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him, his
ἄρχων -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄρχων> ruler -- (a) ruler
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- of the
Ἰουδαίων -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <Ἰουδαῖος> Jew -- Jews

3:2 - οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ,

οὗτος -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <οὗτος> this -- he


ἦλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- came
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
νυκτὸς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <νύξ> night -- by night
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him

ῥαββὶ, οἴδαµεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος·

ῥαββὶ -- noun, masculine; vocative singular of <ῥαββί> rabbi -- Rabbi


οἴδαµεν -- verb; 1st person plural perfect of <οἶδα> know -- we know
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
ἀπὸ -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- God
ἐλήλυθας -- deponent verb; nominative singular masculine of perfect participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go
-- (who has) come
διδάσκαλος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <διδάσκαλος> teacher -- teacher

οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται ταῦτα τὰ σηµεῖα ποιεῖν ἃ σὺ ποιεῖς, ἐὰν µὴ ᾖ ὁ θεὸς µετ' αὐτοῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 40/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

οὐδεὶς -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing -- no
one
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- is able
ταῦτα -- demonstrative pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <οὗτος> this -- these
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
σηµεῖα -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <σηµεῖον> sign, miracle -- miracles
ποιεῖν -- verb; in nitive of <ποιέω> make, do -- do
ἃ -- relative pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- that
σὺ -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you
ποιεῖς -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <ποιέω> make, do -- do
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ᾖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present subjunctive of <εἰµί> I am -- were
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <θεός> god -- God
µετ' -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- with
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

3:3 - ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ.

ἀπεκρίθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- answered
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (to) him

ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν µή τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, οὐ δύναται ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 41/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily


ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily
λέγω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <λέγω> say -- I say
σοι -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
µή -- particle; <µή> not -- not
τις -- inde nite pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <τις> someone, something -- one
γεννηθῇ -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen,
become -- is...born
ἄνωθεν -- adverb; <ἄνωθεν> from above, anew -- from above (again)
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- can
ἰδεῖν -- verb; aorist in nitive of <ὁράω> see -- see
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλείαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- God

3:4 - λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Νικόδηµος,

λέγει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <λέγω> say -- says


πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Νικόδηµος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Νικόδηµος> Nicodemus -- Nicodemus

πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν;

πῶς -- interrogative particle; <πῶς> how -- how


δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- can
ἄνθρωπος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- (a) man
γεννηθῆναι -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- be born
γέρων -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <γέρων> old man -- (an) old man
ὦν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of present participle of <εἰµί> I am -- being

µὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς µητρός αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι;

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 42/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- surely...not


δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- (he) can
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
κοιλίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <κοιλία> womb -- womb
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µητρός -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <µήτηρ> mother -- mother
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (of) his
δεύτερον -- adverb; <δεύτερον> second -- a second time
εἰσελθεῖν -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist of <εἰσέρχοµαι> enter -- enter
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
γεννηθῆναι -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- be born

3:5 - ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς.

ἀπεκρίθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- answered
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus

ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν µή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύµατος, οὐ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν
βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ

ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily


ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily
λέγω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <λέγω> say -- I say
σοι -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
µή -- particle; <µή> not -- not
τις -- inde nite pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <τις> someone, something -- one
γεννηθῇ -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen,
become -- is born
ἐξ -- preposition; <ἐξ> from, out of -- of
ὕδατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <ὕδωρ> water -- water
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πνεύµατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- spirit
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- can
εἰσελθεῖν -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist of <εἰσέρχοµαι> enter -- enter
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλείαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- (of) God

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 43/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

3:6 - τὸ γεγεννηµένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ γεγεννηµένον ἐκ τοῦ πνεύµατος πνεῦµα ἐστιν.

τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- that


γεγεννηµένον -- deponent verb; nominative singular neuter of perfect participle passive of
<γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- born
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
σαρκὸς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <σάρξ> esh -- esh
σάρξ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <σάρξ> esh -- esh
ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- that
γεγεννηµένον -- deponent verb; nominative singular neuter of perfect participle passive of
<γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- born
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πνεύµατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- spirit
πνεῦµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- spirit
ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is

3:7 - µὴ θαυµάσῃς ὅτι εἶπόν σοι· δεῖ ὑµᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν.

µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not


θαυµάσῃς -- verb; 2nd person singular aorist subjunctive of <θαυµάζω> wonder -- do ... wonder
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
εἶπόν -- verb; 1st person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
σοι -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
δεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <δεῖ> it is necessary -- it is necessary (that)
ὑµᾶς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
γεννηθῆναι -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- be born
ἄνωθεν -- adverb; <ἄνωθεν> from above, anew -- from above; again

3:8 - τὸ πνεῦµα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν φωνήν αὐτοῦ ἀκούεις, ἀλλ' οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται καὶ ποῦ
ὑπάγει·

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 44/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the


πνεῦµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- (spirit) wind
ὅπου -- adverb; <ὅπου> where -- where
θέλει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <θέλω> mean, purport -- it wishes
πνεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <πνέω> blow -- blows
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
φωνήν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <φωνή> voice, sound -- sound
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular neuter of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- of it
ἀκούεις -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- you hear
ἀλλ' -- conjunction; <ἀλλά> but -- but
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
οἶδας -- verb; 2nd person singular perfect of <οἶδα> know -- you know
πόθεν -- adverb; <πόθεν> from where -- from where
ἔρχεται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- it comes
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ποῦ -- adverb; <ποῦ> where -- where
ὑπάγει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ὑπάγω> lead on, retire -- it goes

οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννηµένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύµατος.

οὕτως -- adverb; <οὕτως> so, thus -- so


ἐστὶν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
πᾶς -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- every one
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
γεγεννηµένος -- deponent verb; perfect participle passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- born
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- of
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πνεύµατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- spirit

3:9 - ἀπεκρίθη Νικόδηµος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι;

ἀπεκρίθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- answered
Νικόδηµος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Νικόδηµος> Nicodemus -- Nicodemus
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
πῶς -- interrogative particle; <πῶς> how -- how
δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- can
ταῦτα -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative plural neuter of <οὗτος> this -- these (things)
γενέσθαι -- deponent verb; in nitive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- be

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 45/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

3:10 - ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ·

ἀπεκρίθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- answered
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him

σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις;

σὺ -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you


εἶ -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- are
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
διδάσκαλος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <διδάσκαλος> teacher -- (a) teacher
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰσραὴλ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Ἰσραήλ> Israel -- of Israel
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ταῦτα -- demonstrative pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <οὗτος> this -- these things
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
γινώσκεις -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <γινώσκω> know, learn -- do ...know

3:11 - ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι ὅτι ὃ οἶδαµεν λαλοῦµεν καὶ ὃ ἑωράκαµεν µαρτυροῦµεν, καὶ τὴν µαρτυρίαν
ἡµῶν οὐ λαµβάνετε.

ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily


ἀµὴν -- adverb; <ἀµήν> verily, truly -- verily
λέγω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <λέγω> say -- I say
σοι -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
ὃ -- relative pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- what
οἶδαµεν -- verb; 1st person plural perfect of <οἶδα> know -- we know
λαλοῦµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <λαλέω> speak -- we speak of
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ὃ -- relative pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- what
ἑωράκαµεν -- verb; 1st person plural perfect of <ὁράω> see -- we have seen
µαρτυροῦµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <µαρτυρέω> bear witness -- we bear witness (of)
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µαρτυρίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <µαρτυρία> testimony -- testimony
ἡµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- our
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
λαµβάνετε -- verb; 2nd person plural present of <λαµβάνω> receive, capture -- receive

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 46/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

3:12 - εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑµῖν καὶ οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐάν εἶπω ὑµῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε;

εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐπίγεια -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <ἐπίγειος> earthly -- earthly
(things)
εἶπον -- verb; 1st person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- I told
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
πιστεύετε -- verb; 2nd person plural present of <πιστεύω> believe -- (you do) ...believe
πῶς -- interrogative particle; <πῶς> how -- how
ἐάν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
εἶπω -- verb; 1st person singular aorist subjunctive of <λέγω> say -- I will tell
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐπουράνια -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <ἐπουράνιος> heavenly --
heavenly
πιστεύσετε -- verb; 2nd person plural future of <πιστεύω> believe -- will ... believe

3:13 - καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ µὴ ὅ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


οὐδεὶς -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing -- no
one
ἀναβέβηκεν -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect of <ἀναβαίνω> mount, go up -- has gone up
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
οὐρανὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heaven
εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- except for
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- ...
ὅ -- article used as pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the (one)
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
οὐρανοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heaven
καταβάς -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <καταβαίνω> descend -- coming
down
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
υἱὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀνθρώπου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- of man

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 47/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Romans 1:17b (memory verse) -

Ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται.

ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- ...
δίκαιος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <δίκαιος> just, righteous -- just
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- by
πίστεως -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <πίστις> faith -- faith
ζήσεται -- verb; 3rd person singular future middle of <ζάω> live -- shall live

Lesson Text
3:1 - Ἦν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδηµος ὄνοµα αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 3:2 -
οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ῥαββὶ, οἴδαµεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας
διδάσκαλος· οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται ταῦτα τὰ σηµεῖα ποιεῖν ἃ σὺ ποιεῖς, ἐὰν µὴ ᾖ ὁ θεὸς µετ' αὐτοῦ.
3:3 - ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ. ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν µή τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, οὐ
δύναται ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 3:4 - λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Νικόδηµος, πῶς δύναται
ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν; µὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς µητρός αὐτοῦ δεύτερον
εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι; 3:5 - ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς. ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν µή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ
ὕδατος καὶ πνεύµατος, οὐ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ 3:6 - τὸ γεγεννηµένον ἐκ
τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ γεγεννηµένον ἐκ τοῦ πνεύµατος πνεῦµα ἐστιν. 3:7 - µὴ θαυµάσῃς
ὅτι εἶπόν σοι· δεῖ ὑµᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν. 3:8 - τὸ πνεῦµα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν φωνήν
αὐτοῦ ἀκούεις, ἀλλ' οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγει· οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννηµένος ἐκ
τοῦ πνεύµατος. 3:9 - ἀπεκρίθη Νικόδηµος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι; 3:10 -
ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις; 3:11 -
ἀµὴν ἀµὴν λέγω σοι ὅτι ὃ οἶδαµεν λαλοῦµεν καὶ ὃ ἑωράκαµεν µαρτυροῦµεν, καὶ τὴν µαρτυρίαν
ἡµῶν οὐ λαµβάνετε. 3:12 - εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑµῖν καὶ οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐάν εἶπω ὑµῖν τὰ
ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε; 3:13 - καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ µὴ ὅ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Romans 1:17b (memory verse) -

Ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 48/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


3:1 There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews:

2 The same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come

from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him.

3 Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he

cannot see the kingdom of God.

4 Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? can he enter the second time

into his mother's womb, and be born?

5 Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he

cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 6 That which is born of the esh is esh; and that which is born
of the Spirit is spirit. 7 Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. 8 The wind bloweth
where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it
goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.

9 Nicodemus answered and said unto him, How can these things be?

10 Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things?

11 Verily, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye

receive not our witness. 12 If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe, if I
tell you of heavenly things? 13 And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from
heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven.

Romans 1:17b (memory verse) --


The just shall live by faith.

Grammar
11 Nouns: ι-stems.
Nouns with stems in -ι have endings differing from those of the -ο- and -ᾱ- declensions, except in the
accusative singular and genitive plural. Their endings also vary in the epic texts, but the basic in ection is
given here with the noun πόλις 'city'.

Nom sg   ἡ πόλις   Nom pl   αἱ πόλεις

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 49/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Gen sg   τῆς πόλεος   Gen pl   τῶν πολίων

Dat sg   τῇ πόλει   Dat pl   ταῖς πόλισι

Acc sg   τῆν πόλιν   Acc pl   τὰς πόλεις

12 Adjectives of the -ο- and -ᾱ- Declensions.


Many of the most common adjectives fall in these declensions, e.g. κακός 'bad', νέος 'new', φίλος 'dear'.
Their endings are those of the nouns in the declensions. It must be noted, however, that feminine singular
forms have -η rather than -α unless their stems ending in -ε, -ι, -ρ, as in δικαία 'just'. Some, especially
compound adjectives, have only two endings, e.g. βάρβαρος, -ον 'foreign', παράνοµος, -ον 'unlawful.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom sg   κακός   κακή   κακόν

Gen sg   κακοῦ   κακῆς   κακοῦ

Dat sg   κακῷ   κακῇ   κακῷ

Acc sg   κακόν   κακήν   κακόν

             

Nom pl   κακοί   κακαί   κακά

Gen pl   κακῶν   κακῶν   κακῶν

Dat pl   κακοῖς   κακαῖς   κακοῖς

Acc pl   κακούς   κακάς   κακά

13 The Intensive Pronoun αὐτός and ἄλλος 'other'.


The intensive pronoun, meaning 'self, same', is in ected like adjectives except that the neuter
nominative/accusative singular lacks nal -ν, e.g. αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό. The forms of ἄλλος are also in ected
in the same way. The forms of the third person re exive pronouns 'his, her, their' are based on these:

Gen sg   ἑαυτοῦ 'his'   ἑαυτῆς 'her'   Gen pl   ἑαυτῶν 'their'

Dat sg   ἑαυτῷ   ἑαυτῇ   Dat pl   ἑαυτοῖς

Acc sg   ἑαυτόν   ἑαυτήν   Acc pl   ἑαυτούς

14 The Relative Pronouns.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 50/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

The in ections of the simple relative pronoun are as follows. These are also maintained in the emphatic and
general relative forms. The emphatic relative pronoun is ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ '(precisely) he who..., (precisely)
she who...'. The general relative pronoun is σ̔ ́στις, ἥτι, ὄτι 'whoever, whatever'.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom sg   ὅς   ἥ   ὅ

Gen sg   οὗ   ἧς   οὗ

Dat sg   ᾧ   ᾗ   ᾧ

Acc sg   ὅν   ἥν   ὅ

             

Nom pl   οἵ   αἵ   ἅ

Gen pl   ὧν   ὧν   ὧν

Dat pl   οἵς   αἷς   οἵς

Acc pl   οὕς   ἅς   ἅ

15 The Aorist System.


The aorist system is comparable to the present system, except that it lacks a form corresponding to the
present indicative. Its basic meaning was punctual, but its basic set of forms generally may be translated
with past tense forms. The subjunctive, optative and imperative are comparable to those of the present
system.

    Indicative   Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   ἐπίστευσα   πιστεύσω   πιστεύσαι    

2 sg   ἐπίστευσας   πιστεύσῃς   πιστεύσειας   πίστευσον

3 sg   ἐπίστευσε(ν)   πιστεύσῃ   πιστεύσειε(ν)   πιστευσάτω

                 

1 pl   ἐπιστεύσαµεν   πιστεύσωµεν   πιστεύσαιµεν    

2 pl   ἐπιστεύσατε   πιστεύσητε   πιστεύσαιτε   πιστεύσατε

3 pl   ἐπίστευσαν   πιστεύσωσι(ν)   πιστεύσειαν   πιστευσάντων

In nitive   πιστεῦσαι            

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 51/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Participle   πιστεύσας   πιστεύσασα   πιστεῦσαν   'one who

Gen sg   πιστεύσαντος   πιστεύσης   πιστεύσαντος   believed'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 52/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 4
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
After St. Luke describes the baptism of Jesus by John, followed by an account of Jesus's genealogy
beginning with Adam, he reports in chapter 4:1-13 how Jesus was "led by the spirit into the wilderness,"
there to be tempted by the devil. The temptation is one of the central episodes in the life of Jesus. After
overcoming the devil, Jesus goes to Galilee in the "power of the Spirit." It is also reported in two of the other
gospels, brie y by St. Mark 1:12-13 and fully also by St. Matthew 4:1-11. While the basic accounts are
similar, Mark refers to the tempter as Satan, the term Jesus uses in St. Matthew's account when he
addresses the devil, but not by St. Luke. On the other hand, the order of the temptations differs. The rst is
the same, but in the account by St. Matthew the second has the devil taking Jesus to "a pinnacle of the
temple" in the holy city, identi ed speci cally by St. Luke as Jerusalem in his report of the third temptation. It
is also interesting to compare other items such as the Old Testament passages that Jesus cites.

Reading and Textual Analysis

Luke 4:1-13, and Romans 8:31b (memory verse)


The story of the temptation has been central in treatments of the life of Jesus. It provides the basis for John
Milton's Paradise Regained, which follows St. Luke in the order of temptations. The rst lines of the poem
may illustrate the importance that Milton and many others have given the episode:

I who e're while the Happy Garden sung,


By one man's disobedience lost, now sing
Recover'd Paradise to all mankind,
By one man's rm obedience fully tri'd
Through all temptation, and the Tempter foil'd
In all his wiles, defeated and repuls't,
And Eden rais'd in the waste Wilderness.

4:1 - Ἰησοῦς δὲ πλήρης πνεύµατος ἁγίου ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ πνεύµατι ἐν
τῇ ἐρήµῳ ἡµέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόµενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 53/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
πλήρης -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πλήρης> full of -- full of
πνεύµατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- Ghost
ἁγίου -- adjective; genitive singular neuter of <ἅγιος> holy -- of the Holy
ὑπέστρεψεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ὑποστρέφω> turn away -- turned away
ἀπὸ -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
Ἰορδάνου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Ἰόρδανος> Jordan -- Jordan
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἤγετο -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect passive of <ἄγω> lead -- was led
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῷ -- article; dative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πνεύµατι -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- spirit
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐρήµῳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <ἔρηµος> desert -- desert
ἡµέρας -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- days
τεσσεράκοντα -- number; <τεσσεράκοντα> forty -- forty
πειραζόµενος -- verb; nominative singular masculine middle of <πειράζω> tempt -- tempted
ὑπὸ -- preposition; <ὑπό> under, by -- by
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
διαβόλου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <διάβολος> devil -- devil

4:2 - Καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ταῖς ἡµέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ συντελεσθεισῶν αὐτῶν ἐπείνασεν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
ἔφαγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἔδω> eat -- he ate
οὐδὲν -- pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing -- nothing
ταῖς -- article; dative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἡµέραις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- days
ἐκείναις -- demonstrative pronoun; dative plural feminine of <ἐκεῖνος> that -- those
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
συντελεσθεισῶν -- verb; genitive plural feminine of aorist passive participle of <συντελέω> complete
-- (when ... were) completed
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- these
ἐπείνασεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πεινάω> to be hungry -- he was hungry

4:3 - εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ διάβολος, εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῷ τούτῳ ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 54/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
διάβολος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <διάβολος> devil -- devil
εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
υἱὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
εἶ -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- you are
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- of God
εἰπὲ -- verb; 2nd person singular imperative aorist of <λέγω> say -- tell
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
λίθῷ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <λίθος> stone -- stone
τούτῳ -- demonstrative pronoun; dative singular masculine of <οὗτος> this -- this
ἵνα -- conjunction; <ἵνα> so that -- that
γένηται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- it
become
ἄρτος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄρτος> bread -- bread

4:4 - καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ' ἄρτῳ µόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀπεκρίθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- answered
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- ...
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- it is written
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- ...
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
ἐπ' -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- by
ἄρτῳ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <ἄρτος> bread -- bread
µόνῳ -- adjective; dative singular masculine of <µόνος> alone -- alone
ζήσεται -- verb; 3rd person singular future middle of <ζάω> live -- will ... live
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἄνθρωπος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- man

4:5 - καὶ ἀναγαγῶν αὐτὸν ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασιλείας τῆς οἰκουµένης ἐν στιγµῇ χρόνου.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 55/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀναγαγῶν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἀνάγω> lead up -- leading ...
up
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ἔδειξεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <δείκνυµι> show -- he showed
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
πάσας -- adjective; accusative plural feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τὰς -- article; accusative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
βασιλείας -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdoms
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- of the
οἰκουµένης -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <οἰκουµένη> the inhabited world, the Roman world --
world
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
στιγµῇ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <στιγµή> spot, point -- a point
χρόνου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <χρόνος> time -- of time

4:6 - καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ διάβολος, σοὶ δώσω τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐµοὶ
παραδέδοται καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν θέλω δίδωµι αὐτὴν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 56/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
διάβολος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <διάβολος> devil -- devil
σοὶ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you
δώσω -- verb; 1st person singular future of <δίδωµι> give -- I will give
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐξουσίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ἐξουσία> power -- power
ταύτην -- demonstrative pronoun; accusative singular feminine of <οὗτος> this -- this
ἅπασαν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <ἅπας> all -- all
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
δόξαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <δόξα> glory -- glory
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- of them
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
ἐµοὶ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- to me
παραδέδοται -- verb; 3rd person singular present passive of <παραδίδωµι> give to -- it was given to
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ᾧ -- relative pronoun; dative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- to whom
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
θέλω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <θέλω> mean, purport -- I wish
δίδωµι -- verb; 1st person singular present of <δίδωµι> give -- I give
αὐτὴν -- pronoun; accusative singular feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- it

4:7 - σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐµοῦ, ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα.

σὺ -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you


οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- actually
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
προσκυνήσῃς -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive of <προσκυνέω> worship -- bow down
ἐνώπιον -- preposition; <ἐνώπιον> before -- before
ἐµοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- me
ἔσται -- verb; 3rd person singular future of <εἰµί> I am -- will be
σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <σύ> you -- yours
πᾶσα -- adjective; nominative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all

4:8 - Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, γέγραπται προσκυνήσεις κύριον τὸν θεὸν σοῦ καὶ αὐτῷ
µονῷ λατρεύσεις.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 57/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀποκριθεὶς -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist passive participle of <ἀποκρίνω> separate,
answer -- answering
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- it is written
προσκυνήσεις -- verb; 2nd person singular future of <προσκυνέω> worship -- you shall worship
κύριον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <κύριος> lord -- Lord
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
θεὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <θεός> god -- God
σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <σύ> you -- your
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
µονῷ -- adjective; dative singular masculine of <µόνος> alone -- alone
λατρεύσεις -- verb; 2nd person singular future of <λατρεύω> serve -- shall you serve

4:9 - Ἤγαγεν δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴµ καὶ ἔστησεν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ.

ἤγαγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἄγω> lead -- he led


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
Ἱερουσαλὴµ -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Ἱερουσαλήµ> Jerusalem -- Jerusalem
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἔστησεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἵστηµι> put, place, stand -- placed
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πτερύγιον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <πτερύγιον> pinnacle -- pinnacle
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- of the
ἱεροῦ -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <ἱερόν> temple -- temple

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 58/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- he said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
υἱὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <υἱός> son -- (the) son
εἶ -- verb; 2nd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- you are
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- of God
βάλε -- verb; 2nd person singular aorist imperative of <βάλλω> throw -- throw
σεαυτὸν -- re exive pronoun; 2nd person singular accusative of <σἑαυτοῦ> yourself -- yourself
ἐντεῦθεν -- adverb; <ἐντεῦθεν> from there -- from here
κάτω -- adverb; <κάτω> down, downward -- down

4:10 - γέγραπται

γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ


τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε,

γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- it is written
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
τοῖς -- article; dative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀγγέλοις -- noun, masculine; dative plural of <ἄγγελος> angel -- angels
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his
ἐντελεῖται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <ἐντέλλω> command -- he has commanded
περὶ -- preposition; <περί> around -- around
σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
διαφυλάξαι -- verb; in nitive future middle of <διαφυλάσσω> guard carefully -- to guard
σε -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you

4:11 - καὶ

ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε,


µήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σοῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 59/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
χειρῶν -- noun, feminine; genitive plural of <χείρ> hand -- (their) arms
ἀροῦσίν -- verb; 3rd person plural present middle of <αἴρω> take up, bear -- take ... up
σε -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- you
µήποτε -- conjunction; <µήποτε> lest -- so that ...not
προσκόψῃς -- verb; 2nd person singular future subjunctive of <προσκόπτω> strike...against -- you shall
...strike
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- against
λίθον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <λίθος> stone -- (a) stone
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
πόδα -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <ποῦς> foot -- foot
σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <σύ> you -- your

4:12 - καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι εἶρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεὸν σοῦ.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀποκριθεὶς -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer
-- answering
εἶπεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <λέγω> say -- said
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- ...
εἶρηται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <εἰρέω> say -- it is said
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
ἐκπειράσεις -- verb; 2nd person singular future middle of <ἐκπειράοµαι> tempt -- you shall ... tempt
κύριον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <κύριος> lord -- (the) Lord
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <θεός> god -- God
σοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <σύ> you -- your

4:13 - Καὶ συντελέσας πάντα πειρασµὸν ὁ διάβολος ἀπέστη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἄχρι καιροῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 60/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


συντελέσας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <συντελέω> complete --
having completed
πάντα -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- (the) entire
πειρασµὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <πειρασµός> temptation -- temptation
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
διάβολος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <διάβολος> devil -- devil
ἀπέστη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἀπίστηµι> leave, depart -- departed
ἀπ' -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ἄχρι -- preposition; <ἄχρι> until -- for
καιροῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <καιρός> time -- (a) time

Romans 8:31b (memory verse) -

Εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡµῶν, τίς καθ' ἡµῶν;

εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
θεὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <θεός> god -- God
ὑπὲρ -- preposition; <ὑπὲρ> over, for -- (is) for
ἡµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- us
τίς -- interrogative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <τίς> who, what -- who
καθ' -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- (be) against
ἡµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- us

Lesson Text

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 61/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

4:1 - Ἰησοῦς δὲ πλήρης πνεύµατος ἁγίου ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ
πνεύµατι ἐν τῇ ἐρήµῳ ἡµέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόµενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. 4:2 - Καὶ οὐκ
ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ταῖς ἡµέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ συντελεσθεισῶν αὐτῶν ἐπείνασεν. 4:3 - εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ
διάβολος, εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῷ τούτῳ ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος. 4:4 - καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς
αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ' ἄρτῳ µόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 4:5 - καὶ ἀναγαγῶν αὐτὸν
ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασιλείας τῆς οἰκουµένης ἐν στιγµῇ χρόνου. 4:6 - καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ
διάβολος, σοὶ δώσω τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐµοὶ παραδέδοται καὶ
ᾧ ἐὰν θέλω δίδωµι αὐτὴν. 4:7 - σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐµοῦ, ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα. 4:8 - Καὶ
ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, γέγραπται προσκυνήσεις κύριον τὸν θεὸν σοῦ καὶ αὐτῷ µονῷ
λατρεύσεις. 4:9 - Ἤγαγεν δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴµ καὶ ἔστησεν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ. καὶ
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω. 4:10 - γέγραπται

γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ


τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε, 4:11 - καὶ

ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε,


µήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σοῦ. 4:12 - καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι
εἶρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεὸν σοῦ. 4:13 - Καὶ συντελέσας πάντα πειρασµὸν ὁ διάβολος
ἀπέστη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἄχρι καιροῦ. Romans 8:31b (memory verse) -

Εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡµῶν, τίς καθ' ἡµῶν;

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 62/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


4:1 And Jesus being full of the Holy Ghost returned from Jordan, and was led by the Spirit into the

wilderness, 2 Being forty days tempted of the devil. And in those days he did eat nothing: and when
they were ended, he afterward hungered.

3 And the devil said unto him, If thou be the Son of God, command this stone that it be made bread.

4 And Jesus answered him, saying, It is written, That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every

word of God.

5 And the devil, taking him up into an high mountain, shewed unto him all the kingdoms of the world in

a moment of time. 6 And the devil said unto him, All this power will I give thee, and the glory of them:
for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it. 7 If thou therefore wilt worship me, all
shall be thine.

8 And Jesus answered and said unto him, it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him

only shalt thou serve.

9 And he brought him to Jerusalem, and set him on a pinnacle of the temple, and said unto him, If thou

be the Son of God, cast thyself down from hence: 10 For it is written,

He shall give his angels charge over thee,


to keep thee:

11 And

in their hands they shall bear thee up,


lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone.

12 And Jesus answering said unto him, It is said, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.

13 And when the devil had ended all the temptation, he departed from him for a season.

Romans 8:31b (memory verse) --


If God is for us, who can be against us?

Grammar

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 63/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

16 Nouns ending in -ηρ.


The basic relationship terms, among other nouns, end in -ηρ, and have no -ε- in the genitive and dative
singular, and the dative plural. The following are examples.

    father   daughter   man

Nom. sg.   ὁ πατήρ   ἡ θυγάτηρ   ὁ ἀνήρ

Gen. sg.   τοῦ πατρός   τῆς θυγατρός   τοῦ ἀνδρός

Dat. sg.   τῷ πατρί   τῇ θυγατρί   τῷ ανδρί

Acc. sg.   τὸν πατέρα   τῆν θυγατέρα   τὸν ἄνδρα

             

Nom. pl.   οἱ πατέρες   αἱ θυγατέρες   οἱ ἄνδρες

Gen. pl.   τῶν πατέρων   τῶν θυγατέρων   τῶν ἀνδρῶν

Dat. pl.   τοῖς πατράσι   ταῖς θυγατράσι   τοῖς ἀνδράσι

Acc. pl.   τοὺς πατέρας   τὰς θυγατέρας   τοὺς ἄνδρας

17 Irregular nouns.
Some of the more frequent nouns are irregular in in ection; three of them are given here.

    woman   ship   re

Nom. sg.   ἡ γυνή   ἡ ναῦς   τὸ πῦρ

Gen. sg.   τῆς γυναικός   τῆς νεώς   τοῦ πυρός

Dat. sg.   τῇ γυναικί   τῇ νηί   τῷ πυρί

Acc. sg.   τῆν γυναῖκα   τῆν ναῦν   τὸ πῦρ

             

Nom. pl.   αἱ γυναῖκες   αἱ νῆες   τὰ πυρά

Gen. pl.   τῶν γυναικῶν   τῶν νεῶν   τῶν πυρῶν

Dat. pl.   ταῖς γυναιξί(ν)   ταῖς ναυσί(ν)   τοῖς πυροῖς

Acc. pl.   τὰς γυναῖκας   τὰς ναῦς   τὰ πυρά

18 Demonstrative pronouns.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 64/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

There are three demonstrative pronouns. ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε points to the present or future, and corresponds to
'this,' 'this one here.' οὕτος, αὔτη, τοῦτο points to the former, and corresponds to 'that.' ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη,
ἐκεῖνο points to things remote or absent, and corresponds to 'that there.' ὅδε is based on the de nite article.
The forms of ἐκεῖνος are like those of αὐτός. The forms of οὗτος are given here.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom. sg.   οὗτος   αὕτη   τοῦτο

Gen. sg.   τούτου   ταύτης   τούτου

Dat. sg.   τούτῳ   ταύτῃ   τούτῳ

Acc. sg.   τοῦτον   ταύτην   τοῦτο

             

Nom. pl.   οὗτοι   αὗται   ταῦτα

Gen. pl.   τούτων   τούτων   τούτων

Dat. pl.   τούτοις   ταύταις   τούτοις

Acc. pl.   τούτους   ταύτας   ταῦτα

19 The uses of in nitives.


The syntax of New Testament Greek is relatively simple. Most sentences and clauses are completed by a
nite verb governing an object, often accompanied by adverbial elements. When in nitives are used they
generally complement the meaning of the principal verb as in John 3, with its repeated uses of δύναται
followed by ποιεῖν '(no one) can do' and other in nitives. They often are used to indicate purpose, as in Luke
2:1 and following in the passages including ἀπογράφεσθαι '(that all the world) be registered', and similarly
in Matthew 2:2 ἤλθοµεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 'we have come to worship him'. In this use they may be
introduced by an article, as in verse 10 of this passage: τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 'to protect you'.

In nitives may also be treated like nouns, where English makes use of participles, as in Luke 2:4 διὰ τὸ εἶναι
αὐτὸν..., literally 'through the (fact of) him be(ing)' > 'because he is'. The in nitive in verse 6 is similar though
treated as a genitive after a noun: ἡµέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν, literally 'days of her giv(ing) birth'. But as these
few examples illustrate, in nitives are relatively infrequent in New Testament Greek and readily interpreted.

20 The Present system of the Middle and the Passive.


The Greek verb has a full set of Middle and Passive forms corresponding to those of the Active. In the
Present System, the forms of the two Voices are the same.

When used as Middle, the forms indicate an action or situation re ecting on the subject; thus the rst
singular indicative πιστεύοµαι means 'I believe'. When used as Passive, the meaning corresponds to that of
passives in English, so that the Passive πιστεύοµαι means 'I am (being) believed.' The forms must be

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 65/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

interpreted from the context.

The forms of the Present System ( rst, second, and third person, singular and plural) are as follows:

    Indicative   Imperfect   Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1s   πιστεύοµαι   ἐπιστευόµην   πιστεύωµαι   πιστευοίµην    

2s   πιστεύῃ   ἐπιστεύου   πιστεύῃ   πιστεύοιο   πιστεύου

3s   πιστεύεται   ἐπιστεύετο   πιστεύηται   πιστευοίτο   πιστευέσθω

1p   πιστευόµεθα   ἐπιστευόµεθα   πιστευώµεθα   πιστευοίµεθα    

2p   πιστεύεσθε   ἐπιστεύεσθε   πιστεύησθε   πιστεύοισθε   πιστεύεσθε

3p   πιστεύονται   ἐπιστεύοντο   πιστεύωνται   πιστεύοιντο   πιστευέσθων

In nitive:   πιστεύεσθαι
Participle:   πιστευόµενος, πιστευοµένη, πιστευόµενον

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 66/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 5
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
As noted in the introduction to Lesson 2, the gospel according to Matthew includes many of the central
teachings of Jesus. Among these the Beatitudes may be most commonly cited. They represent the essence
of his teaching and of the principles of Christianity.

Reading and Textual Analysis


Matthew 5:1-12, and 1 Peter 5:7 (memory verse)
The Beatitudes illustrate the method of Jesus' teaching. Simply phrased in the manner of the Psalms, they
are addressed to members of his audience with various problems. They represent the beginning of the
celebrated Sermon on the Mount.

5:1 - Ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος· καὶ καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ προσῆλθαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.

ἰδὼν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of participle aorist of <ὁράω> see -- seeing
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ὄχλους -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <ὄχλος> crowd -- crowds
ἀνέβη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἀναβαίνω> mount, go up -- he went up
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ὄρος -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <ὄρος> mountain -- mountain
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
καθίσαντος -- verb; genitive singular masculine of aorist participle of <καθίζω> (force to) sit down --
sitting down
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- he
προσῆλθαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <προσέρχοµαι> come to -- came to
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µαθηταὶ -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciples
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his

5:2 - καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόµα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς λέγων,

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 67/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀνοίξας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἀνοίγνυµι> open -- having
opened
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
στόµα -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <στόµα> mouth -- mouth
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his
ἐδίδασκεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <διδάσκω> teach -- he taught
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
λέγων -- verb; nominative singular masculine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying

5:3 - µακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύµατι,


ὅτι αὐτῶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
πτωχοὶ -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <πτωχός> poor -- poor
τῷ -- article; dative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
πνεύµατι -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- in spirit
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- theirs
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- (is) the
βασιλεία -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
οὐρανῶν -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heavens

5:4 - µακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
πενθοῦντες -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <πενθέω> mourn -- mourners
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
παρακληθήσονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <παρακαλέω> encourage, comfort --
will be comforted

5:5 - µακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονοµήσουσιν τὴν γῆν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 68/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
πραεῖς -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <πραύς> gentle, meek -- gentle
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
κληρονοµήσουσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural future of <κληρονοµέω> inherit -- they will inherit
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
γῆν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- earth

5:6 - µακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσανται.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
πεινῶντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of participle of <πεινάω> to be hungry -- (are)
hungering
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
διψῶντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <διψάω> thirst after -- thirsting
after
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
δικαιοσύνην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <δικαιοσύνη> justice, righteousness --
righteousness
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
χορτασθήσανται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <χορτάζω> feed; eat their ll -- shall eat
their ll

5:7 - µακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήµονες,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
ἐλεήµονες -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <ἐλεήµων> merciful -- merciful
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
ἐλεηθήσονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <ἐλεέω> have pity; be pitied -- shall be pitied

5:8 - µακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 69/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
καθαροὶ -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <καθαρός> clean, pure -- pure
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
καρδίᾳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <καρδία> heart -- in heart
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <θεός> god -- God
ὄψονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future of <ὁράω> see -- they shall see

5:9 - µακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί,


ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
εἰρηνοποιοί -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <εἰρηνοποιός> peacemaker -- peacemakers
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτοὶ -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- they
υἱοὶ -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <υἱός> son -- sons
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- of God
κληθήσονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <καλέω> call, summon -- will be called

5:10 - µακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγµένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης,


ὅτι αὐτῶν ἔστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- (are) the
δεδιωγµένοι -- verb; nominative plural participle of participle perfect passive of <διώκω> follow,
prosecute -- persecuted
ἕνεκεν -- preposition; <ἕνεκεν> because of -- because of
δικαιοσύνης -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <δικαιοσύνη> justice, righteousness --
righteousness
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- theirs
ἔστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- (is) the
βασιλεία -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
οὐρανῶν -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heavens

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 70/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

5:11 - µακάριοι ἐστέ ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑµᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ' ὑµῶν
ψευδόµενοι ἕνεκεν ἐµοῦ.

µακάριοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <µακάριος> blessed -- blessed


ἐστέ -- verb; 2nd person plural present of <εἰµί> I am -- you are
ὅταν -- conjunction; <ὅταν> when, every time -- every time
ὀνειδίσωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <ὀνειδίζω> reproach -- they will reproach
ὑµᾶς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
διώξωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <διώκω> follow, prosecute -- persecute
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἴπωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <λέγω> say -- say
πᾶν -- adjective; accusative singular neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- everything
πονηρὸν -- adjective; accusative singular neuter of <πονηρός> evil, wicked -- evil
καθ' -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- against
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
ψευδόµενοι -- deponent verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <ψεύδοµαι> lie,
deceive -- lyingly
ἕνεκεν -- preposition; <ἕνεκεν> because of -- because of
ἐµοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- me

5:12 - χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ µισθὸς ὑµῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.

χαίρετε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <χαίρω> rejoice -- be glad


καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀγαλλιᾶσθε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative middle of <ἀγαλλιάω> rejoice exceedingly -- rejoice
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µισθὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <µισθός> reward -- reward
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- your
πολὺς -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πολύς> many -- (will be) great
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τοῖς -- article; dative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
οὐρανοῖς -- noun, masculine; dative plural of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heavens

οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑµῶν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 71/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

οὕτως -- adverb; <οὕτως> so, thus -- so


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ἐδίωξαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <διώκω> follow, prosecute -- they persecuted
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
προφήτας -- noun, masculine; accusative plural of <προφήτης> prophet -- prophets
τοὺς -- article; accusative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- those
πρὸ -- preposition; <πρό> before -- before
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you

1 Peter 5:7 (memory verse) -

Πᾶσαν τὴν µέριµναν ὑµῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ' αὐτόν,


ὅτι αὐτῷ µέλει περὶ ὑµῶν.

πᾶσαν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all


τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
µέριµναν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <µέριµνα> care, anxious thought -- cares
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- your
ἐπιρίψαντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle of <ἐπιρρίπτω> cast at -- casting
ἐπ' -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- upon
αὐτόν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- in him
µέλει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <µέλω> to care, to be an object of care -- there is care
περὶ -- preposition; <περί> around -- concerning
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you

Lesson Text

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 72/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

5:1 - Ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος· καὶ καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ προσῆλθαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ. 5:2 - καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόµα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς λέγων, 5:3 - µακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ
πνεύµατι,
ὅτι αὐτῶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5:4 - µακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. 5:5 - µακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονοµήσουσιν τὴν γῆν. 5:6 - µακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν
δικαιοσύνην,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσανται. 5:7 - µακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήµονες,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. 5:8 - µακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται 5:9 - µακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί,
ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται. 5:10 - µακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγµένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης,
ὅτι αὐτῶν ἔστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5:11 - µακάριοι ἐστέ ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑµᾶς καὶ
διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ' ὑµῶν ψευδόµενοι ἕνεκεν ἐµοῦ. 5:12 - χαίρετε καὶ
ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ µισθὸς ὑµῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς
πρὸ ὑµῶν. 1 Peter 5:7 (memory verse) -

Πᾶσαν τὴν µέριµναν ὑµῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ' αὐτόν,


ὅτι αὐτῷ µέλει περὶ ὑµῶν.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 73/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


1 And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came

unto him: 2 And he opened his mouth, and taught them, saying,

3 Blessed are the poor in spirit:

for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.

4 Blessed are they that mourn:

for they shall be comforted.

5 Blessed are the meek:

for they shall inherit the earth.

6 Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness:

for they shall be lled.

7 Blessed are the merciful:

for they shall obtain mercy.

8 Blessed are the pure in heart:

for they shall see God.

9 Blessed are the peacemakers:

for they shall be called the children of God.

10 Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake:

for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.

11 Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil

against you falsely, for my sake. 12 Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven:
for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.

1 Peter 5:7 (memory verse) --


Casting all your care upon him; for he careth for you.

Grammar
21 Consonant stems ending in dentals.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 74/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

In these stems the consonant is dropped in the nominative singular, as well as in the accusative singular of
neuters, and in the dative plural.

    foot   body

Nom. sg.   ὁ πούς   τὸ σῶµα

Gen. sg.   τοῦ ποδός   τοῦ σώµατος

Dat. sg.   τῷ ποδί   τῷ σώµατι

Acc. sg.   τὸν ποδά   τὸ σῶµα

         

Nom. pl.   οἱ ποδές   τὰ σώµατα

Gen. pl.   τῶν ποδῶν   τῶν σωµάτων

Dat. pl.   τοῖς ποσί   τοῖς σώµασι

Acc. pl.   τοὺς ποδάς   τὰ σώµατα

22 Comparison of adjectives.
In most adjectives comparison is expressed by -τερος in the comparative degree, by -τατος in the
superlative degree. The forms then are in ected in accordance with the ο- and α-declensions. Examples in
this text are ἐµφερεστάτη and ὁµοιότατα. Some of the common adjectives on the other hand are irregular,
for example, κακός 'bad'; κακίων, κάκιστος. Their forms will be listed in dictionaries.

23 Interrogative and inde nite pronouns.


These are declined as follows:

    Interrogative   Inde nite

    Masc/Fem   Neut | Masc/Fem   Neut

    'who'   'what' | 'someone'   'something'

Nom. sg.   τίς   τί | τις   τι

Gen. sg.   τίνος   τίνος | τινός   τινός

Dat. sg.   τίνι   τίνι | τινί   τινί

Acc. sg.   τίνα   τί | τινα   τι

                 

Nom. pl.   τίνες   τίνα | τινες   τινα

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 75/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Gen. pl.   τίνων   τίνων | τινῶν   τινῶν

Dat. pl.   τίσι(ν)   τίσι(ν) | τισί(ν)   τισί(ν)

Acc. pl.   τίνας   τίνα | τινας   τινα

    Inde nite

    Masc   Fem   Neut

    'who(ever)'   'who(ever)'   'what(ever)'

Nom. sg.   ὅστις   ἥτις   ὅτι

Gen. sg.   ὅτου   ἧστινος   ὅτου

Dat. sg.   ᾧτινι   ᾗτινι   ᾧτινι

Acc. sg.   ὅντινα   ἥντινα   ὅτι

             

Nom. pl.   οἵτινες   αἵτινες   ἅτινα

Gen. pl.   ὧντινων   ὧντινων   ὧντινων

Dat. pl.   οἷστισι   αἷστισι   οἷστισι

Acc. pl.   οὕστινας   ἅστινας   ἅτινα

24 The middle and passive voices.


In the present system the forms of the middle (expressing action for one's own sake) and the passive
(expressing action directed at the subject) are the same. The forms for the indicative and the imperfect are
as follows.

    Present   Imperfect

1 sg   πιστεύοµαι   ἐπιστευόµην

2 sg   πιστεύῃ   ἐπιστεύου

3 sg   πιστεύεται   ἐπιστεύετο

         

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 76/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

1 pl   πιστευόµεθα   ἐπιστευόµεθα

2 pl   πιστεύεσθε   ἐπιστεύεσθε

3 pl   πιστεύονται   ἐπιστεύονται

25 The subjunctive, optative, and imperative middle and passive forms, the in nitive and participle.
While these forms are not frequent, they are given here so that, if found, they may be recognized. The
participial forms, on the other hand, are relatively frequent.

    Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1s   πιστεύωµαι   πιστευοίµην    

2s   πιστεύῃ   πιστεύοιο   πιστεύου

3s   πιστεύηται   πιστεύοιτο   πιστευέσθω

             

1p   πιστευώµεθα   πιστευοίµεθα    

2p   πιστεύησθε   πιστεύοισθε   πιστεύεσθε

3p   πιστεύωνται   πιστεύοιντο   πιστευέσθων

In nitive:   πιστεύεσθαι
Participle:   πιστευόµενος, πιστευοµένη, πιστευόµενον

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 77/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 6
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
The Gospel according to Mark is generally assumed to be the rst written down, possibly as early as 66-70
A.D. As with the other gospels we cannot be sure of the author. Among evidence that he was Mark, one of
the early church fathers, Papias, Bishop of Hieropolis, wrote that Mark as interpreter of Peter recorded many
of the words and activities of Jesus. Identi cation of Mark as the author is also supported by the
remarkable report in the gospel of "a certain young man" who ed naked from the crowd that came to
capture Jesus (Mark 14:5-52). In keeping with the statement of Papias, Mark may have been converted by
Peter, who calls him his son (1 Peter 5:13). He is assumed to be the natural son of Mary, called John with
the surname Mark (Acts 12:12). Mark accompanied Paul and Barnabas on their rst missionary journey
(Acts 13:5,13), and Paul also later. When imprisoned in Rome, Paul asked Timothy to bring Mark along from
Asia Minor (2 Timothy 4:11). Mark may well have been with Peter in Rome, and there composed his gospel
for Christians whose best language was Greek.

Reading and Textual Analysis

Mark 4:1-12, and 8:36 (memory verse)


The parable of the sower and the seed in chapter 4, in which Jesus compares his teaching and its results to
the work of a farmer, is one of the most favored among his teachings. It is found also in Matthew 13:3-8,
there as well with subsequent interpretation to his disciples. You may nd it interesting to compare the two
versions, noting among other things the somewhat differing descriptions of the situation for the telling of
the parable. Straightforward, it needs little commentary.

4:1 - Καὶ πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ συνάγεται πρός αὐτὸν ὄχλος πλεῖστος,
ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐµβάντα καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς
γῆς ἦσαν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 78/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


πάλιν -- adverb; <πάλιν> again -- again
ἤρξατο -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist middle of <ἄρχω> begin -- he began
διδάσκειν -- verb; in nitive of <διδάσκω> teach -- to teach
παρὰ -- preposition; <παρά> from, of -- beside
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
θάλασσαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <θάλασσα> sea -- sea
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
συνάγεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <συνάγω> bring together -- comes together
πρός -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
ὄχλος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ὄχλος> crowd -- crowd
πλεῖστος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of superlative of <πολύς> many -- (a) very large
ὥστε -- conjunction; <ὥστε> like, so that -- so that
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- he
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
πλοῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <πλοῖον> ship -- (a) ship
ἐµβάντα -- verb; accusative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἐµβαίνω> enter -- having
entered
καθῆσθαι -- verb; in nitive middle of <καθίζω> (force to) sit down -- sat down
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
θαλάσσῃ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <θάλασσα> sea -- sea
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πᾶς -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- whole
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ὄχλος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ὄχλος> crowd -- crowd
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- facing
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
θάλασσαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <θάλασσα> sea -- sea
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
γῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- land
ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- were

4:2 - καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλὰ, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 79/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐδίδασκεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <διδάσκω> teach -- he taught
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
παραβολαῖς -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <παραβολή> parable -- parables
πολλὰ -- adjective; accusative plural neuter of <πολύς> many -- many (things)
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἔλεγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <λέγω> say -- he spoke
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
διδαχῇ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <διδαχή> teaching -- teaching
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his

4:3 - ἀκούετε, ἰδοὺ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι.

ἀκούετε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- Listen!
ἰδοὺ -- adverb; <ἰδού> behold -- behold
ἐξῆλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἐξέρχοµαι> come out -- went out
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
σπείρων -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <σπείρων> sower -- (a) sower
σπεῖραι -- verb; in nitive aorist of <σπείρω> sow -- to sow

4:4 - καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ σπείρειν ὅ µὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἥλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν
αὐτό.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 80/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- it happened
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in (the course of)
τῷ -- article; dative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
σπείρειν -- verb; in nitive of <σπείρω> sow -- sowing
ὅ -- article used as pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- some (of the seed)
µὲν -- particle; <µέν> on the one hand -- indeed
ἔπεσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πίπτω> fall -- fell
παρὰ -- preposition; <παρά> from, of -- beside
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ὁδόν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ὁδός> way, road -- road
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἥλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- came
τὰ -- article; nominative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πετεινὰ -- noun, neuter; nominative plural of <πετεινόν> bird -- birds
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
κατέφαγεν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <κατέδω> eat up, devour -- devoured
αὐτό -- pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- it

4:5 - Καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλὴν, καὶ εὐθὺς ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ µὴ
ἔχειν βάθος γῆς.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 81/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἄλλο -- adjective; nominative singular neuter of <ἄλλος> other -- others
ἔπεσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πίπτω> fall -- fell
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
πετρῶδες -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <πετρῶδες> stony soil -- stony soil
ὅπου -- adverb; <ὅπου> where -- where
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
εἶχεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <ἔχω> have -- (it did) ...have
γῆν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- earth
πολλὴν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <πολύς> many -- much
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εὐθὺς -- adverb; <εὐθύς> immediately -- immediately
ἐξανέτειλεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἐχανατέλλω> spring up -- (it) sprang up
διὰ -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- through
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἔχειν -- verb; in nitive of <ἔχω> have -- having
βάθος -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <βάθος> depth -- depth
γῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- of soil

4:6 - καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἧλιος ἐκαυµατίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ µὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὅτε -- conjunction; <ὅτε> when -- when
ἀνέτειλεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἀνατέλλω> rise -- rose
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἧλιος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἧλιος> sun -- sun
ἐκαυµατίσθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <καυµατίζω> burn up -- it was burned up
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
διὰ -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- through
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἔχειν -- verb; in nitive of <ἔχω> have -- having
ῥίζαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ῥίζα> root -- roots
ἐξηράνθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ξηραίνω> dry up -- dried up

4:7 - καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ καρπὸν οὐκ
ἔδωκεν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 82/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἄλλο -- adjective; nominative singular neuter of <ἄλλος> other -- others
ἔπεσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πίπτω> fall -- fell
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὰς -- article; accusative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀκάνθας -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <ἄκανθα> thorn -- thorns
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀνέβησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ἀναβαίνω> mount, go up -- grew up
αἱ -- article; nominative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄκανθαι -- noun, feminine; nominative plural of <ἄκανθα> thorn -- thorns
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
συνέπνιξαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <συµπνίγω> choke -- choked
αὐτό -- pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- it
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
καρπὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <καρπός> fruit -- fruit
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
ἔδωκεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <δίδωµι> give -- give

4:8 - καὶ ἄλλα ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν καλήν, καὶ ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξανόµενα, καὶ
ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑκατόν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 83/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἄλλα -- adjective; nominative plural neuter of <ἄλλος> other -- others
ἔπεσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πίπτω> fall -- fell
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- on
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
γῆν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- land
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
καλήν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <καλός> good, beautiful -- excellent
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐδίδου -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <δίδωµι> give -- it gave
καρπὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <καρπός> fruit -- fruit
ἀναβαίνοντα -- verb; accusative singular masculine of present participle of <ἀναβαίνω> mount, go up
-- that having ripened
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
αὐξανόµενα -- verb; accusative singular masculine of present participle middle of <αὐξάνω> increase
-- having increased
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἔφερεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <φέρω> bear, bring, carry -- produced
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- (some) as much as
τριάκοντα -- number; <τριάκοντα> thirty -- thirty(fold)
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- as much as
ἑξήκοντα -- number; <ἑξήκοντα> sixty -- sixty(fold)
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- as much as
ἑκατόν -- number; <ἑκατόν> hundred -- a hundred

4:9 - καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἔλεγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <λέγω> say -- he said
ὃς -- relative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- whoever
ἔχει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- has
ὦτα -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <οὖς, ὦς> ear -- ears
ἀκούειν -- verb; in nitive of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- to hear
ἀκουέτω -- verb; 3rd person singular imperative of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- he should hear

4:10 - Καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ µόνας ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα τὰς παραβολάς.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 84/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὅτε -- conjunction; <ὅτε> when -- when
ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- it happened
κατὰ -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- ...
µόνας -- adjective; accusative plural masculine of <µόνος> alone -- (that they were) alone
ἠρώτων -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <ἐρωτάω> ask -- asked
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the(ones)
περὶ -- preposition; <περί> around -- about
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
σὺν -- preposition; <σύν> with -- with
τοῖς -- article; dative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
δώδεκα -- number; <δώδεκα> twelve -- twelve
τὰς -- article; accusative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- (about) the
παραβολάς -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <παραβολή> parable -- parables

4:11 - καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ὑµῖν τὸ µυστήριον δέδοται τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἔλεγεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <λέγω> say -- he said
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µυστήριον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µυστήριον> mystery -- mystery
δέδοται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <δίδωµι> give -- it is given
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- of the
βασιλείας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <βασιλεία> kingdom -- kingdom
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- God

ἐκείνοις δὲ τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται,

ἐκείνοις -- demonstrative pronoun; dative plural masculine of <ἐκεῖνος> that -- to those


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
τοῖς -- article; dative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the (ones)
ἔξω -- adverb; <ἔξω> outside -- outside
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
παραβολαῖς -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <παραβολή> parable -- parables
τὰ -- article; nominative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
πάντα -- adjective; nominative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all things
γίνεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <γίνοµαι> come into being, be produced -- will come

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 85/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

4:12 - ἵνα

βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ µὴ ἴδωσιν,


καὶ ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν καὶ µὴ συνιῶσιν,
µήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν
καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς.

ἵνα -- conjunction; <ἵνα> so that -- so that


βλέποντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <βλέπω> see -- seeing
βλέπωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural present subjunctive of <βλέπω> see -- they may see
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἴδωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <ὁράω> see -- perceive
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀκούοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of participle of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- hearing
ἀκούωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural present subjunctive of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- they may hear
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
συνιῶσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <συνοράω> comprehend -- comprehend
µήποτε -- conjunction; <µήποτε> lest -- lest
ἐπιστρέψωσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural future subjunctive of <ἐπιστρέψω> repent -- they repent
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀφεθῇ -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive passive of <ἀφίηµι> send forth, throw down,
permit, forgive -- it is forgiven
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them

8:36 (memory verse) -

τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον κερδῆσαι τὸν κόσµον ὅλον καὶ ζηµιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ;

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 86/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τί -- interrogative pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <τίς> who, what -- what


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ὠφελεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ὠφελέω> to help, be of use -- does it pro t
ἄνθρωπον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- a human being
κερδῆσαι -- verb; in nitive aorist of <κερδαίνω> gain -- to gain
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
κόσµον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <κόσµος> beauty, order, world -- world
ὅλον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <ὅλος> whole -- whole
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ζηµιωθῆναι -- verb; in nitive aorist passive of <ζηµιόω> cause loss -- lose
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ψυχὴν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ψυχή> soul -- soul
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his

Lesson Text
4:1 - Καὶ πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ συνάγεται πρός αὐτὸν ὄχλος
πλεῖστος, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐµβάντα καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν
θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν. 4:2 - καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλὰ, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς
ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. 4:3 - ἀκούετε, ἰδοὺ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι. 4:4 - καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ
σπείρειν ὅ µὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἥλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 4:5 - Καὶ ἄλλο
ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλὴν, καὶ εὐθὺς ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ µὴ ἔχειν βάθος
γῆς. 4:6 - καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἧλιος ἐκαυµατίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ µὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 4:7 - καὶ
ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ καρπὸν οὐκ
ἔδωκεν. 4:8 - καὶ ἄλλα ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν καλήν, καὶ ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ
αὐξανόµενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑκατόν. 4:9 - καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὃς ἔχει
ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 4:10 - Καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ µόνας ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς
δώδεκα τὰς παραβολάς. 4:11 - καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ὑµῖν τὸ µυστήριον δέδοται τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ
θεοῦ. ἐκείνοις δὲ τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται, 4:12 - ἵνα

βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ µὴ ἴδωσιν,


καὶ ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν καὶ µὴ συνιῶσιν,
µήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν
καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς. 8:36 (memory verse) -

τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον κερδῆσαι τὸν κόσµον ὅλον καὶ ζηµιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ;

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 87/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


4:1 And he began again to teach by the sea side: and there was gathered unto him a great multitude,

so that he entered into a ship, and sat in the sea; and the whole multitude was by the sea on the land.
2 And he taught them many things by parables, and said unto them in his doctrine,

3 Hearken; Behold, there went out a sower to sow: 4 And it came to pass, as he sowed, some fell by the

way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up. 5 And some fell on stony ground, where it
had not much earth; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth: 6 But when the
sun was up, it was scorched; and because it had no root, it withered away. 7 And some fell among
thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yielded no fruit. 8 And other fell on good ground,
and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; and brought forth, some thirty, and some sixty, and
some an hundred.

9 And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear.

10 And when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable. 11 And

he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but unto them that
are without, all these things are done in parables: 12 That

seeing they may see, and not perceive;


and hearing they may hear, and not understand;
lest at any time they should be converted,
and their sins should be forgiven them.

8:36 (memory verse) --


For what shall it pro t a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?

Grammar
26 Survey of noun declensions.
The ο- and α- declensions have been given in section 4, and subsequent sections of the grammar, 11 and
16, have provided examples of consonantal declension and that of some irregular nouns. Here additional
sub-classes of the consonantal declension are listed.

Grammars provide the sub-classes according to the consonants of the stem. There may be modi cations
from sub-group to sub-group, but if the in ection of the word for salt is memorized, such forms may be
identi ed. Examples are given here also for stems ending in velars, dentals, and other elements; as the
selection indicates, nouns in the consonantal declension vary in gender: ἡ αἴξ 'goat', τὸ σῶµα 'body', ὁ ἁλ́ς
'salt', ὁ Ἕλλην 'Greek', ὁ σῦς 'pig'.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 88/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

    velars   dentals

Nom. sg.   ἡ αἴξ   τὸ σῶµα

Gen. sg.   τῆς αἰγός   τοῦ σώµατος

Dat. sg.   τῇ αἰγί   τῷ σώµατι

Acc. sg.   τῆν αἶγα   τὸ σῶµα

         

Nom. pl.   αἱ αἶγες   τὰ σώµατα

Gen. pl.   τῶν αἰγῶν   τῶν σωµάτων

Dat. pl.   τοῖς αἰξί   τοῖς σώµασι

Acc. pl.   τὰς αἶγας   τὰ σώµατα

    -λ, -ρ   -ν   -υ

Nom. sg.   ὁ ἅλς   ὁ Ἕλλην   ὁ σῦς

Gen. sg.   τοῦ ἁλός   τοῦ Ἕλληνος   τοῦ συός

Dat. sg.   τῷ ἁλί   τῷ Ἕλληνι   τῷ συί

Acc. sg.   τὸν ἅλα   τὸν Ἕλληνα   τὸν σῦν

             

Nom. pl.   οἱ ἅλες   οἱ Ἕλληνες   οἱ σύες

Gen. pl.   τῶν ἁλῶν   τῶν Ἑλλήνων   τῶν συῶν

Dat. pl.   τοῖς ἁλσί   τοῖς Ἕλλησι   τοῖς συσί

Acc. pl.   τοὺς ἅλας   τοὺς Ἕλληνας   τοὺς σῦς

27 Su xes applied to stems to indicate location.


The following su xes are used to produce adverbs on noun stems with speci c meanings:

-θεν 'whence', as in -ανώθεν 'from on high', οἴκοθεν 'from home', χαµᾶθεν 'from the ground'
-ι, -θι 'where', as in οἴκοι 'at home', χαµαί 'on the ground'; but -σι(ν) if the noun in question is a plural, as in
Ἀθήνησι 'at Athens'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 89/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

-δε, -σε, ζε 'whither', as in Ἀθήναζε 'to Athens', χαµᾶζε 'to the ground'
28 Use of the augment.
The augment is used on past tenses in the indicative, that is, the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect. Verbs
beginning with a consonant pre x ἐ-, as in the imperfect ἐπίστευον 'I believed', the aorist ἐπίστευσα 'I have
believed', the pluperfect ἐπεπιστεύκειν 'I had believed'. Verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong combine
the augment with that vowel or diphthong, usually resulting in its lengthening, as in the imperfect ἦγον 'I led'
from ἄγω, ηὔξανον 'I increased' from αὐξάνω.

Compound verbs place the augment on the verb, after the initial pre x, for example ἐν-έβαλλον from
ἐµβάλλω 'throw into', ἐπ-έβαλλον from ἐπι-βάλλω 'throw on'. In the early texts, the augment may be
omitted, as in the aorist form ποίησαν 'they made' from ποιέω.

29 Deponents.
As in Latin, a number of verbs have their forms in the middle while corresponding to active verbs in English.
Many of them indicate state, and do not take objects. They can be recognized from dictionary entries.
Examples are:

γίγνοµαι 'become'
δέχοµαι 'receive'
ἐργάζοµαι 'work'
ἀπο-κρίνοµαι 'reply'
λογίζοµαι 'reason'
µιµέοµαι 'imitate'
These have a active meaning in the aorist middle form, but passive meaning in the passive form of the
aorist.

Others have the passive form of the aorist. Many of them denote motion, feeling or mental action. Examples
are:

ἔραµαι 'love'
ἥδοµαι 'rejoice'
έν-θυµέοµαι 'consider'
δια-νοέοµαι 'intend'
30 The middle forms of the aorist.
In the aorist the passive has different forms from those of the middle. Here the middle forms will be given.

    Indicative   Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   ἐπιστευσάµην   πιστεύσωµαι   πιστευσαίµην    

2 sg   ἐπιστεύσω   πιστεύσῃ   πιστεύσαιο   πίστευσαι

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 90/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

3 sg   ἐπιστεύσατο   πιστεύσηται   πιστεύσαιτο   πιστευσάσθω

                 

1 pl   ἐπιστευσάµεθα   πιστευσώµεθα   πιστευσαίµεθα    

2 pl   ἐπιστεύσασθε   πιστεύσησθε   πιστεύσαισθε   πιστεύσασθε

3 pl   ἐπιστεύσαντο   πιστεύσωνται   πιστεύσαιντο   πιστευσάσθων

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 91/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 7
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
The inclusion of the report on the trans guration in three of the gospels indicates its importance. It is
interesting to compare the accounts in Matthew 17:1-13 and Luke 9:28-36 with that of Mark. Neither of the
others is as detailed as Mark, lending support to the idea that both were written later than his, and made
modi cations. Only Mark describes the extreme whiteness of Jesus's clothing. And the conclusion in Luke
seems rather abrupt. On the other hand, if Mark as author is indeed providing his account on the basis of
information from Peter, he may have omitted the somewhat un attering statement on Peter's behavior that
is included in both of the other gospels. The central elements of the event are however identical.

Reading and Textual Analysis

Mark 9:2-13, and John 5:39 (memory verse)


9:2 - Καὶ µετὰ ἡµέρας ἓξ παραλαµβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τὸν Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ
ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ' ἰδίαν µόνους.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


µετὰ -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- after
ἡµέρας -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <ἡµέρα> day -- days
ἓξ -- number; <ἕξ> six -- six
παραλαµβάνει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <παραλαµβάνω> take -- takes
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Πέτρον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰάκωβον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἰάκωβος> James -- James
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἰωάννην -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἰωάννης> John -- John
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀναφέρει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ἀναφέρω> lead -- leads
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- up
ὄρος -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <ὄρος> mountain -- mountain
ὑψηλὸν -- adjective; accusative singular neuter of <ὑψηλός> high -- (a) high
κατ' -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- ...
ἰδίαν -- adverb locution; <ἰδίαν> alone -- by themselves
µόνους -- adjective; accusative plural masculine of <µόνος> alone -- alone

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 92/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

9:3 - καὶ µετεµορφώθη ἔµπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἱµάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο στίλβοντα λευκὰ λίαν, οἷα
γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


µετεµορφώθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <µεταµορφόω> transform -- he was
trans gured
ἔµπροσθεν -- preposition; <ἔµπροσθεν> before, in front -- before
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὰ -- article; nominative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἱµάτια -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <ἱµάτιον> clothing -- clothing
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his
ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- became
στίλβοντα -- verb; nominative plural neuter of present middle participle of <στίλβω> to shine, be
radiant -- radiant
λευκὰ -- adjective; nominative plural neuter of <λευκός> white -- white
λίαν -- adverb; <λίαν> very -- very
οἷα -- adjective; nominative plural neuter of <οἷος> like, such that -- such that
γναφεὺς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <γναφεύς> fuller -- fuller
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
γῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <γῆ> earth, land -- earth
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
δύναται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <δύναµαι> be able -- is able
οὕτως -- adverb; <οὕτως> so, thus -- to such an extent
λευκᾶναι -- verb; aorist in nitive of <λευκάνόω> make white -- whiten

9:4 - καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλίας σὺν Μωυσεῖ, καὶ ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὤφθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ὁράω> see -- appeared (was seen)
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- by them
Ἠλίας -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἠλίας> Elias -- Elias
σὺν -- preposition; <σύν> with -- with
Μωυσεῖ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <Μωυσῆς> Moses -- Moses
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- were
συλλαλοῦντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <συλλαλέω> talk with --
talking with
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 93/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

9:5 - καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ; ῥαββὶ, καλόν ἐστιν ἡµᾶς ὧδε εἶναι, καὶ ποιήσωµεν τρεῖς
σκηνάς, σοὶ µίαν καὶ Μωυσεῖ µίαν καὶ Ἠλίᾳ µίαν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἀποκριθεὶς -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist passive participle of <ἀποκρίνω> separate,
answer -- speaking up
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Πέτρος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
λέγει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <λέγω> say -- says
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- to Jesus
ῥαββὶ -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ῥαββί> rabbi -- Master
καλόν -- adjective; accusative singular neuter of <καλός> good, beautiful -- good
ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- it is
ἡµᾶς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- (for) us
ὧδε -- adverb; <ὧδε> here -- here
εἶναι -- verb; in nitive of <εἰµί> I am -- to be
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ποιήσωµεν -- verb; 1st person plural future subjunctive of <ποιέω> make, do -- let us make
τρεῖς -- number; <τρεῖς> three -- three
σκηνάς -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <σκηνή> tent -- tents
σοὶ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <σύ> you -- for you
µίαν -- number; accusative singular feminine of <εἷς> one -- one
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Μωυσεῖ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <Μωυσῆς> Moses -- for Moses
µίαν -- number; accusative singular feminine of <εἷς> one -- one
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἠλίᾳ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <Ἠλίας> Elias -- for Elias
µίαν -- number; accusative singular feminine of <εἷς> one -- one

9:6 - οὐ γὰρ ᾖδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο.

οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ᾖδει -- verb; 3rd person singular pluperfect of <οἶδα> know -- he ...did know
τί -- interrogative pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <τίς> who, what -- what
ἀποκριθῇ -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive of <ἀποκρίνω> separate, answer -- he might
comment
ἔκφοβοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <ἔκφοβος> very afraid -- very afraid
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ἐγένοντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- they became

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 94/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

9:7 - καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης·

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- developed
νεφέλη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <νεφέλη> cloud -- a cloud
ἐπισκιάζουσα -- verb; nominative singular feminine of present participle of <ἐπισκιάζω> overshadow
-- overshadowing
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- came
φωνὴ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <φωνή> voice, sound -- a voice
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- out of
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
νεφέλης -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <νεφέλη> cloud -- cloud

οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός µου ὁ ἀγαπητός. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ.

οὗτός -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <οὗτος> this -- this


ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
υἱός -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
µου -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- my
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀγαπητός -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <ἀγαπητός> dear, beloved -- beloved
ἀκούετε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- listen to
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

9:8 - καὶ ἐξάπινα περιβλεψάµενοι οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ µὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν µόνον µεθ' ἑαυτῶν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 95/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐξάπινα -- adverb; <ἐξάπινα> suddenly -- suddenly
περιβλεψάµενοι -- verb; nominative plural masculine of aorist participle middle of <περιβλέπω> look
around -- looking around
οὐκέτι -- adverb; <οὐκέτι> no longer -- no longer
οὐδένα -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing --
anyone
εἶδον -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ὁράω> see -- they saw
εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not = except
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
µόνον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <µόνος> alone -- alone
µεθ' -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- with
ἑαυτῶν -- re exive pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <ἑαυτοῦ> oneself -- themselves

9:9 - Καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα µηδενὶ ἅ εἶδον διηγήσωνται, εἰ µὴ
ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 96/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


καταβαινόντων -- verb; genitive plural masculine of present participle of <καταβαίνω> descend --
(were) going down
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (as) they
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ὄρους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <ὄρος> mountain -- mountain
διεστείλατο -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist middle of <διαστέλλω> give express orders -- he gave
express orders
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
ἵνα -- conjunction; <ἵνα> so that -- that
µηδενὶ -- adjective; dative singular masculine of <µηδείς> no one -- to no one
ἅ -- relative pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- what
εἶδον -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ὁράω> see -- they had seen
διηγήσωνται -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist subjunctive of <διηγέοµαι> divulge -- should divulge
εἰ -- conjunction; <εἰ> if -- if
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not = except
ὅταν -- conjunction; <ὅταν> when, every time -- when
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
υἱὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀνθρώπου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- of man
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
νεκρῶν -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <νεκρός> dead -- (the) dead
ἀναστῇ -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive <ἀνίστηµι> rise -- would arise

9:10 - καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συζητοῦντες τὶ ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 97/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
λόγον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <λόγος> word, reason -- statement
ἐκράτησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <κρατέω> hold fast, take to heart; rule, conquer -- they
took to heart
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- among
ἑαυτοὺς -- re exive pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <ἑαυτοῦ> oneself -- themselves
συζητοῦντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine present participle of <συζητέω> discuss --
discussing
τὶ -- interrogative pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <τίς> who, what -- what
ἐστιν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is (might be)
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
νεκρῶν -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <νεκρός> dead -- the dead
ἀναστῆναι -- verb; in nitive aorist of <ἀνίστηµι> rise -- rising

9:11 - Καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες ὅτι λέγουσιν οἱ γραµµατεῖς ὅτι Ἠλίαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον;

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐπηρώτων -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <ἐπερωτάω> ask -- they asked
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
λέγοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- ...
λέγουσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural present of <λέγω> say -- do. . .say
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
γραµµατεῖς -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <γραµµατεύς> scribe -- scribes
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
Ἠλίαν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Ἠλίας> Elias -- Elias
δεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <δεῖ> it is necessary -- it is necessary
ἐλθεῖν -- deponent verb; in nitive aorist of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- come
πρῶτον -- adverb; <πρῶτον> rst -- rst

9:12 - ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς· Ἠλίας µὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκαθιστάνει πάντα.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 98/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ὁ -- article used as pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- he


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
ἔφη -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <φῆµι> say -- he said
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them
Ἠλίας -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἠλίας> Elias -- Elias
µὲν -- particle; <µέν> on the one hand -- indeed
ἐλθὼν -- deponent verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go --
having come
πρῶτον -- adverb; <πρῶτον> rst -- rst
ἀποκαθιστάνει -- verb; present in nitive of <ἀποκαθίστηµι> restore -- to restore
πάντα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all (things)

καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ;

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


πῶς -- interrogative particle; <πῶς> how -- how
γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- is it written
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- about
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
υἱὸν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <υἱός> son -- son
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀνθρώπου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- of man
ἵνα -- conjunction; <ἵνα> so that -- that
πολλὰ -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πολύς> many -- many things
πάθῃ -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive of <πάσχω> suffer -- he must suffer
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐξουδενηθῇ -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <ἐξουδενέω> set at naught -- be set at
naught

9:13 - ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑµῖν ὅτι καὶ Ἠλίας ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ'
αὐτόν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 99/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἀλλὰ -- conjunction; <ἀλλά> but -- but


λέγω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <λέγω> say -- I say
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- to you
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἠλίας -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἠλίας> Elias -- Elias
ἐλήλυθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular pluperfect of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- has come
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐποίησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ποιέω> make, do -- they have done
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to him
ὅσα -- conjunction; accusative plural neuter of <ὅσος> (as many) as -- as
ἤθελον -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <ἐθέλω> wish, want -- they wished
καθὼς -- conjunction; <καθώς> as -- as
γέγραπται -- verb; 3rd person singular perfect passive of <γράφω> write -- is written
ἐπ' -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- about
αὐτόν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

John 5:39 (memory verse) - Ἐρευνᾶτε τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑµεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν; καὶ
ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ µαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐµοῦ.

ἐρευνᾶτε -- verb; 2nd person plural imperative of <ἐρευνάω> search -- search


τὰς -- article; accusative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
γραφάς -- noun, feminine; accusative plural of <γραφή> writing, scripture -- scriptures
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
ὑµεῖς -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
δοκεῖτε -- verb; 2nd person plural present of <δοκέω> seem, think -- think
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
αὐταῖς -- pronoun; dative plural feminine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
ζωὴν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ζωή> life -- life
αἰώνιον -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <αἰώνιος> eternal -- eternal
ἔχειν -- verb; in nitive of <ἔχω> have -- have
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐκεῖναί -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative plural feminine of <ἐκεῖνος> that -- they
εἰσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural present of <εἰµί> I am -- are
αἱ -- article; nominative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- the (those who)
µαρτυροῦσαι -- verb; nominative plural feminine of aorist participle of <µαρτυρέω> bear witness --
testify
περὶ -- preposition; <περί> around -- concerning
ἐµοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- me

Lesson Text

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 100/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

9:2 - Καὶ µετὰ ἡµέρας ἓξ παραλαµβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τὸν Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ
ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ' ἰδίαν µόνους. 9:3 - καὶ µετεµορφώθη ἔµπροσθεν αὐτῶν,
καὶ τὰ ἱµάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο στίλβοντα λευκὰ λίαν, οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως
λευκᾶναι. 9:4 - καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλίας σὺν Μωυσεῖ, καὶ ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 9:5 - καὶ
ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ; ῥαββὶ, καλόν ἐστιν ἡµᾶς ὧδε εἶναι, καὶ ποιήσωµεν τρεῖς
σκηνάς, σοὶ µίαν καὶ Μωυσεῖ µίαν καὶ Ἠλίᾳ µίαν. 9:6 - οὐ γὰρ ᾖδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ
ἐγένοντο. 9:7 - καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης· οὗτός
ἐστιν ὁ υἱός µου ὁ ἀγαπητός. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ. 9:8 - καὶ ἐξάπινα περιβλεψάµενοι οὐκέτι οὐδένα
εἶδον εἰ µὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν µόνον µεθ' ἑαυτῶν. 9:9 - Καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους
διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα µηδενὶ ἅ εἶδον διηγήσωνται, εἰ µὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν
ἀναστῇ. 9:10 - καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συζητοῦντες τὶ ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν
ἀναστῆναι. 9:11 - Καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες ὅτι λέγουσιν οἱ γραµµατεῖς ὅτι Ἠλίαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν
πρῶτον; 9:12 - ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς· Ἠλίας µὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκαθιστάνει πάντα. καὶ πῶς
γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ; 9:13 - ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑµῖν
ὅτι καὶ Ἠλίας ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ' αὐτόν. John 5:39
(memory verse) - Ἐρευνᾶτε τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑµεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν; καὶ ἐκεῖναί
εἰσιν αἱ µαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐµοῦ.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 101/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


9:2 And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and James, and John, and leadeth them up into an

high mountain apart by themselves: and he was trans gured before them. 3 And his raiment became
shining, exceeding white as snow; so as no fuller on earth can white them. 4 And there appeared unto
them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus. 5 And Peter answered and said to Jesus,
Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for
Moses, and one for Elias. 6 For he wist not what to say; for they were sore afraid.

7 And there was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud, saying, This is

my beloved Son: hear him. 8 And suddenly, when they had looked round about, they saw no man any
more, save Jesus only with themselves.

9 And as they came down from the mountain, he charged them that they should tell no man what

things they had seen, till the Son of man were risen from the dead. 10 And they kept that saying with
themselves, questioning one with another what the rising from the dead should mean.

11 And they asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must rst come?

12 And he answered and told them, Elias verily cometh rst, and restoreth all things; and how it is
written of the Son of man, that he must suffer many things, and be set at nought. 13 But I say unto you,
That Elias is indeed come, and they have done unto him whatsoever they listed, as it is written of him.

John 5:39 (memory verse) --


Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.

Grammar
31 In ection of adjectives and participles.
Section 12 provided the in ection of the most common adjectives, Here that of adjectives with consonantal
stems is given for the adjective ἄκων 'unwilling'; it applies also to present participles.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom. sg.   ἄκων   ἄκουσα   ἄκον

Gen. sg.   ἄκοντος   ἀκούσης   ἀκοντος

Dat. sg.   ἄκοντι   ἀκούσῃ   ἄκοντι

Acc. sg.   ἄκοντα   ἄκουσαν   ἄκον

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 102/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

             

Nom. pl.   ἄκοντες   ἄκουσαι   ἄκοντα

Gen. pl.   ἀκόντων   ἀκουσῶν   ἀκόντων

Dat. pl.   ἄκουσι(ν)   ἀκούσαις   ἄκουσι(ν)

Acc. pl.   ἄκοντας   ἀκούσας   ἄκοντα

The frequent adjective, πᾶς 'all, whole' is also in ected in this way; the nominative and genitive singular are
given as an illustration.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom. sg.   πᾶς   πᾶσα   πᾶν

Gen. sg.   παντός   πάσης   παντός

The nominative forms of other consonantal adjectives are given in dictionaries; the other cases may be
identi ed with the help of the forms given above.

32 Two frequently occurring adjectives.


The forms of two frequently ocurring adjectives are given here in view of their common occurrence, µέγας
'great' and πολύς 'much'.

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

Nom. sg.   µέγας   µεγάλη   µέγα

Gen. sg.   µεγάλου   µεγάλης   µεγάλου

Dat. sg.   µεγάλῳ   µεγάλῃ   µεγάλῳ

Acc. sg.   µέγαν   µεγάλην   µέγα

             

Nom. pl.   µεγάλοι   µεγάλαι   µεγάλα

Gen. pl.   µεγάλων   µεγάλων   µεγάλων

Dat. pl.   µεγάλοις   µεγάλαις   µεγάλοις

Acc. pl.   µεγάλους   µεγάλας   µεγάλα

    Masculine   Feminine   Neuter

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 103/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Nom. sg.   πολύς   πολλή   πόλυ

Gen. sg.   πολλοῦ   πολλῆς   πολλοῦ

Dat. sg.   πολλῷ   πολλῇ   πολλῷ

Acc. sg.   πολύν   πολλήν   πολύ

             

Nom. pl.   πολλοί   πολλαί   πολλά

Gen. pl.   πολλῶν   πολλῶν   πολλῶν

Dat. pl.   πολλοῖς   πολλαῖς   πολλοῖς

Acc. pl.   πολλούς   πολλάς   πολλά

33 Less frequent patterns of adjectival comparison.


The most frequent type of comparison with the su xes -τερος, -τατος was given in section 22. Some
common adjectives have different su xes, as noted there for κακός, with its comparative in κακίων
'worse'and superlative κάκιστος. Similarly, καλός 'beautiful' has the forms καλλίων and κάλλιστος, ἐχθρός
'hostile' has the forms έχθίων, ἔχθιστος.

Other adjectives have different roots in the comparative and superlative forms. Some have several types of
comparison, with differing connotations for the various types.

άγαθ́ος 'good'   ἀµείνων   ἄριστος   'clever, brave'

    βελτίων   βέλτιστος   'virtuous'

    κρείττων   κράτιστος   'strong, superior'

κακός 'bad'   χείρων   χείριστος   'less good'

    ἥττων   ἥκιστος   'weaker'

µέγας 'great'   µείζων   µέγιστος    

µικρός 'small'   µικρότερος   µικρότατος    

    ἐλάττων   ἐλαχ́ιστος   (also applies to ὀλίγος)

ὀλίγος 'little'   µείων   ---    

πολύς 'much'   πλείων   πλεῖστος    

34 Aorist of the passive.


As noted in section 30, the aorist in the passive differs from that in the middle.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 104/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

    Indicative   Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   ἐπιστεύθην   πιστευθῶ   πιστευθείην    

2 sg   ἐπιστεύθης   πιστευθῇς   πιστευθείης   πιστεύθητι

3 sg   ἐπιστεύθη   πιστευθῇ   πιστευθείη   πιστευθήτω

                 

1 pl   ἐπιστεύθηµεν   πιστευθῶµενͅ   πιστευθείηµεν    

2 pl   ἐπιστεύθητε   πιστευθῆτε   πιστευθείητε   πιστεύθητε

3 pl   ἐπιστεύθησαν   πιστευθῶσι   πιστευθείησαν   πιστευθέντων

35 In nitives and participles of the aorist middle and passive.

    Middle   Passive

In nitive   πιστεύσασθαι   πιστευθήσεσθαι


'to believe' 'to be believed'

Participle   πιστευσάµενος, -η, -ον   πιστευθείς, -θεῖσα, -θέν


'one who believed' 'be believed'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 105/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 8
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
An account of the resurrection is included in all four gospels. That in the book of St. John is the most
personal. In describing how the disciples reacted to the report of Mary Magdelene that the tomb was empty,
John identi es himself as the author both through omitting the name of the disciple who accompanied
Peter, and also through reporting that he outstripped the older man in arriving at the tomb. The account in
St. Matthew did not include this episode, but expands on the role of Mary Magdalene and "the other Mary,"
besides reporting the reaction of the guards, as well might be expected of an author who himself had
occupied a governmental position. The account in St. Mark is sketchy, including in one short chapter reports
on the reaction of the women, and on the appearances of Jesus to the disciples as well as his ascension.
The account in St. Luke also stresses the role of the women, followed by a brief statement on Peter's
running to the tomb -- though not commenting on the other disciple. It is curious that little has been made in
later times of the greater activity of the women at this time. St. Luke then goes on with an extensive report
of Jesus accompanying Cleopas and his companion to Emmaus, also concluding with a brief note on the
ascension. The two chapters in the book of St. John are more extensive and detailed than those of the other
gospels, again supporting the view that they were written by the disciple, even though Chapter twenty-one is
presented as something of an afterthought.

Reading and Textual Analysis

John 20:1-10, and Romans 3:28 (memory verse)


20:1 - Τῇ δὲ µιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἔρχεται πρωὶ σκοτίας ἔτι οὔσης εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον,
καὶ βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἡρµένον ἐκ τοῦ µνηµείου,

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 106/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- (on) the


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now
µιᾷ -- number; dative singular feminine of <εἷς> one -- rst (day)
τῶν -- article; genitive plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- of the
σαββάτων -- noun, neuter; genitive plural of <σαββατόν> week -- week
Μαρία -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <Μαρία> Mary -- Mary
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Μαγδαληνὴ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <Μαγδαληνή> Magdalene -- Magdalene
ἔρχεται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- comes
πρωὶ -- adverb; <πρωί> early -- early
σκοτίας -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <σκοτία> darkness -- darkness
ἔτι -- adverb; <ἔτι> still -- still
οὔσης -- verb; genitive singular feminine of present participle of <εἰµί> I am -- (while there) was
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
βλέπει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <βλέπω> see -- sees
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
λίθον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <λίθος> stone -- stone
ἡρµένον -- verb; accusative singular masculine of aorist middle participle of <αἱρέω> take away --
removed
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµείου -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb

20:2 - τρέχει οὖν καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίµωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον µαθητὴν ὅν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ
λέγει αὐτοῖς.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 107/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τρέχει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <τρέχω> run -- she runs
οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- now
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἔρχεται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- comes
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
Σίµωνα -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Σίµων> Simon -- Simon
Πέτρον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄλλον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- other
µαθητὴν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciple
ὅν -- relative pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- whom
ἐφίλει -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <φιλέω> love -- loved
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἰησοῦς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Ἰησοῦς> Jesus -- Jesus
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
λέγει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <λέγω> say -- says
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- to them

ἧραν τὸν κύριον ἐκ τοῦ µνηµείου, καὶ οὐκ οἴδαµεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν.

ἧραν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <αἱρέω> take away -- they have taken
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
κύριον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <κύριος> lord -- Lord
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- out of
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµείου -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not
οἴδαµεν -- verb; 1st person plural perfect of <οἶδα> know -- we do ... know
ποῦ -- adverb; <ποῦ> where -- where
ἔθηκαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <τίθηµι> put, place -- placed
αὐτόν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him

20:3 - Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος µαθητής, καὶ ἤρχοντο εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 108/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἐξῆλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἐξέρχοµαι> come out -- went out
οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- now
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Πέτρος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄλλος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- other
µαθητής -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciple
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἤρχοντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- came
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb

20:4 - ἔτρεχον δὲ οἱ δύο ὁµοῦ.

ἔτρεχον -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <τρέχω> run -- were running
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
δύο -- number; <δύο> two -- two
ὁµοῦ -- adverb; <ὁµοῦ> together -- together

καὶ ὁ ἄλλος µαθητὴς προέδραµεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, καὶ ἦλθεν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον,

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄλλος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- other
µαθητὴς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciple
προέδραµεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <προτρέχω> outrun -- ran ahead
τάχιον -- adverb; comparative of <τάχυς> fast -- faster
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- (than) ...
Πέτρου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἦλθεν -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- came
πρῶτος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πρῶτος> rst -- rst
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb

20:5 - καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει κείµενα τὰ ὀθόνια, οὐ µέντοι εἰσῆλθεν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 109/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


παρακύψας -- verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <παρακύπτω> bend down --
bending down
βλέπει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <βλέπω> see -- he sees
κείµενα -- verb; accusative plural neuter of perfect middle participle of <κεῖµαι> lie -- lying
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ὀθόνια -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <ὀθόνιον> linen cloth -- linen clothes
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
µέντοι -- particle; <µέντοι> but, however -- but
εἰσῆλθεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <εἰσέρχοµαι> enter -- does...enter

20:6 - ἔρχεται οὖν καὶ Σίµων Πέτρος ἀκολουθῶν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ
ὀθόνια κείµενα ,

ἔρχεται -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- comes
οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- now
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- also
Σίµων -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Σίµων> Simon -- Simon
Πέτρος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <Πέτρος> Peter -- Peter
ἀκολουθῶν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of participle of <ἀκολουθέω> follow -- following
αὐτῷ -- pronoun; dative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- him
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἰσῆλθεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <εἰσέρχοµαι> enter -- entered
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- into
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
θεωρεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <θεωρέω> see -- sees
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ὀθόνια -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <ὀθόνιον> linen cloth -- linen clothes
κείµενα -- verb; accusative plural neuter of perfect middle participle of <κεῖµαι> lie -- lying

20:7 - καὶ τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, οὐ µετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείµενον ἀλλὰ χωρὶς
ἐντετυλιγµένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 110/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
σουδάριον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <σουδάριον> napkin -- napkin
ὃ -- relative pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <ὅς> who, which -- that
ἦν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- was
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
κεφαλῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <κεφαλή> head -- head
αὐτοῦ -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- his
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
µετὰ -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- with
τῶν -- article; genitive plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
ὀθονίων -- noun, neuter; genitive plural of <ὀθόνιον> linen cloth -- linen clothing
κείµενον -- verb; accusative singular neuter of present participle middle of <κεῖµαι> lie -- lying
ἀλλὰ -- conjunction; <ἀλλά> but -- but
χωρὶς -- adverb; <χωρίς> apart -- apart
ἐντετυλιγµένον -- verb; accusative singular neuter of perfect passive participle of <ἐντυλίσσω> wrap
up -- wrapped up
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- at
ἕνα -- number; accusative singular masculine of <εἷς> one -- one
τόπον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <τόπος> place -- place

20:8 - τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ ἄλλος µαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν καὶ
ἐπίστευσεν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 111/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

τότε -- adverb; <τότε> then -- then


οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- ...
εἰσῆλθεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <εἰσέρχοµαι> enter -- he entered
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἄλλος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- other
µαθητὴς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciple
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐλθὼν -- deponent verb; nominative singular masculine of aorist participle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go --
(one) having come
πρῶτος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <πρῶτος> rst -- rst
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- to
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µνηµεῖον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <µνηµεῖον> tomb -- tomb
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἶδεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <ὁράω> see -- he saw
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐπίστευσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <πιστεύω> believe -- believed

20:9 - οὐδέπω γὰρ ᾔδεισαν τὴν γραφὴν ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι.

οὐδέπω -- adverb; <οὐδέπω> not yet -- not yet


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ᾔδεισαν -- verb; 3rd person singular pluperfect of <οἶδα> know -- they did . . .know
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
γραφὴν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <γραφή> writing, scripture -- scripture
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
δεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <δεῖ> it is necessary -- it was necessary
αὐτὸν -- pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- (for) him
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
νεκρῶν -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <νεκρός> dead -- the dead
ἀναστῆναι -- verb; in nitive aorist of <ἀνίστηµι> rise -- to rise

20:10 - ἀπῆλθον οὖν πάλιν πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ µαθηταί.

ἀπῆλθον -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist of <ἀπέρχοµαι> go back -- went back
οὖν -- particle; <οὖν> indeed -- then
πάλιν -- adverb; <πάλιν> again -- back
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
αὐτοὺς -- pronoun; accusative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- their own
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
µαθηταί -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <µαθητής> disciple -- disciples

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 112/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Romans 3:28 (memory verse) - Λογιζόµεθα γὰρ δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπος χωρὶς ἔργων νόµου.

λογιζόµεθα -- verb; 1st person plural present middle of <λογίζοµαι> calculate, think -- we conclude
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
δικαιοῦσθαι -- verb; passive in nitive of <δικαιόω> justify -- (is) justi ed
πίστει -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <πίστις> faith -- by faith
ἄνθρωπος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- a human being
χωρὶς -- preposition; <χωρίς> apart -- without
ἔργων -- noun, neuter; genitive plural of <ἔργον> work, deed -- works
νόµου -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <νόµος> law -- of the law

Lesson Text

20:1 - Τῇ δὲ µιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἔρχεται πρωὶ σκοτίας ἔτι οὔσης εἰς τὸ
µνηµεῖον, καὶ βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἡρµένον ἐκ τοῦ µνηµείου, 20:2 - τρέχει οὖν καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς
Σίµωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον µαθητὴν ὅν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς. ἧραν τὸν
κύριον ἐκ τοῦ µνηµείου, καὶ οὐκ οἴδαµεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. 20:3 - Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ
ἄλλος µαθητής, καὶ ἤρχοντο εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον. 20:4 - ἔτρεχον δὲ οἱ δύο ὁµοῦ. καὶ ὁ ἄλλος µαθητὴς
προέδραµεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, καὶ ἦλθεν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον, 20:5 - καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει
κείµενα τὰ ὀθόνια, οὐ µέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. 20:6 - ἔρχεται οὖν καὶ Σίµων Πέτρος ἀκολουθῶν αὐτῷ,
καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ ὀθόνια κείµενα , 20:7 - καὶ τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς
κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, οὐ µετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείµενον ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγµένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον. 20:8 -
τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ ἄλλος µαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ µνηµεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν καὶ
ἐπίστευσεν. 20:9 - οὐδέπω γὰρ ᾔδεισαν τὴν γραφὴν ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 20:10 -
ἀπῆλθον οὖν πάλιν πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ µαθηταί. Romans 3:28 (memory verse) - Λογιζόµεθα γὰρ
δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπος χωρὶς ἔργων νόµου.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 113/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


20:1 The rst day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre,
and seeth the stone taken away from the sepulchre. 2 Then she runneth, and cometh to Simon Peter,
and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the LORD out
of the sepulchre, and we know not where they have laid him.

3 Peter therefore went forth, and that other disciple, and came to the sepulchre. 4 So they ran both

together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and came rst to the sepulchre. 5 And he stooping
down, and looking in, saw the linen clothes lying; yet went he not in. 6 Then cometh Simon Peter
following him, and went into the sepulchre, and seeth the linen clothes lie, 7 And the napkin, that was
about his head, not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by itself. 8 Then went
in also that other disciple, which came rst to the sepulchre, and he saw, and believed. 9 For as yet
they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead. 10 Then the disciples went away
again unto their own home.

Romans 3:28 (memory verse) --


Therefore we conclude that a man is justi ed by faith without the deeds of the law.

Grammar
36 Tense formation.
To identify verbal forms, it is useful to note the principal parts. Illustrations are provided here, rst with the
so-called pure verbs, that is, those for which the stems are not modi ed by the endings. Examples are:
πιστεύω 'believe', τιµάω 'honor', ποιέω 'make'.

Present   πιστεύω   τιµάω   ποιέω

Future   πιστεύσω   τιµήσω   ποιήσω

Aorist active   ἐπίστευσα   ἐτίµησα   ἐποιήσα

Perfect active   πεπίστευκα   τετίµηκα   πεποίηκα

Perfect middle   πεπίστευµαι   τετίµηµαι   πεποίηµαι

Aorist passive   ἐπιστεύθην   ἐτιµήθην   ἐποιήθην

37 Tense formation of obstruent stems.


In stems ending in obstruent consonants, that is, those ending in stops or fricatives, the consonant of the
stem is modi ed before the tense markers. Examples are given here for πείθω 'persuade', πράττω 'do', ἄγω
'lead', and γράφω 'write'.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 114/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Present   πείθω   πράττω   ἄγω   γράφω

Future   πείσω   πράξω   ἄξω   γράψα

Aorist active   ἔπεισα   ἔπραξα   ἤγαγον   ἔγραψα

Perfect active   πέπεικα   πέπραχα   ἦχα   γέγραφα

Perfect middle   πέπεισµαι   πέπραγµαι   ἤγµαι   γέγραµµαι

Aorist passive   ἐπείσθην   ἐπράχθην   ἤχθην   ἐγράφθην

38 Tense formation of resonant stems.


Stems ending in resonants may fail to have the future/aorist marker. Examples are φαίνω 'appear',
ἀγγέλλω 'announce', and σπείρω 'sow'.

Present   φαίνω   ἀγγέλλω   σπείρω

Future   φανῶ   ἀγγελῶ   σπερῶ

Aorist active   ἔφηνα   ἤγγειλα   ἔσπειρα

Perfect active   πέφαγκα   ἤγγελκα   ἔσπαρκα

Perfect middle   πέφασµαι   ἤγγελµαι   ἔσπαρµαι

Aorist passive   ἐφάνθην   ἠγγέλθην   ἔσπάρθην

39 The tense formations of some frequent but irregular verbs.


Some verb forms are quite irregular. Some forms of ἔχω 'have' are based on its ancient root *σεχ-. The
forms of φέρω 'bear' are based on several roots. The forms of λέγω, φηµί, ἀγορεύω 'say, speak' are also
based on various roots.

Present   ἔχω   φέρω   λέγω (etc.)

Future   ἕξω   οἴσω   έρῶ

Aorist active   ἔσχον   ἤνεγκον   εἶπον

Perfect active   ἔσχηκα   ἐνήνοχα   εἴρηκα

Perfect middle   ἔσχηµαι   ἐνήνεγµαι   εἴρηµαι

Aorist passive   ἔσχοµην   ἠνέχθην   ἐρρήθην

40 The Middle and Passive Perfect.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 115/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

The forms are the same in the two voices. The subjunctive and optative have forms of the verb 'to be' after
the participle (not repeated in the optative, below). They are as follows:

    Indicative   Preterite   Subjunctive   Opt.

1s   πεπίστευµαι   ἐπεπιστεύµην   πεπιστευµένος ω ᾿̃   εἴην

2s   πεπίστευσαι   έπεπίστευσο   --- ἦς   εἴης

3s   πεπίστευται   ἐπεπίστευτο   --- ἦ   εἴη

                 

1p   πεπιστεύµεθα   ἐπεπιστεύµεθα   πεπιστευµένοι ὦµεν   εἴηµεν

2p   πεπίστευσθε   ἐπεπιστεύσθε   --- ἦτε   εἴτηε

3p   πεπίστευνται   ἐπεπίστευντο   --- ὦσι   εἴησιν

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 116/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 9
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
The Book of Acts continues St. Luke's account of the days after the resurrection. The second chapter
reports the events of the ftieth day after the festival of the Passover, that is to say, ful llment of the
promise of Jesus in St. John 14:16-27 and 16,7, that he would send the Comforter to his disciples after his
death. The importance of the events is commemorated ever since on Pentecost, one of the great holy days
of the church. Among remarkable details is the presence of a great spread of nationalities at the event.
Those who believed illustrate how the church began its wide expansion. This was further strengthened by
the activities reported in the remainder of the book, especially the missionary journeys of St. Paul.

Reading and Textual Analysis

Acts 2:1-13, and Mark 3:35 (memory verse)


2:1 - Καὶ ἐν τῷ συµπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡµέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς ἦσαν πάντες ὁµοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- on
τῷ -- article; dative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
συµπληροῦσθαι -- verb; in nitive passive of <συµπληρόω> ll up -- (being) ful lled
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἡµέραν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ἡµέρα> day -- day
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
πεντηκοστῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <πεντηκοστή> 50th day after the Passover --
Pentecost
ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- they were
πάντες -- adjective used as substantive; nominative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
ὁµοῦ -- adverb; <ὁµοῦ> together -- together
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- at
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
αὐτό -- pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- the same place

2:2 - καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φεροµένης πνοῆς βιαίας καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν
οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν καθήµενοι.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 117/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐγένετο -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- there arose
ἄφνω -- adverb; <ἄφνω> suddenly -- suddenly
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- from
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
οὐρανοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heaven
ἦχος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἦχος> sound -- a sound
ὥσπερ -- adverb; <ὥσπερ> as -- as of
φεροµένης -- verb; genitive singular feminine of passive participle of <φέρω> bear, bring, carry -- borne
along
πνοῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <πνοῆ> wind -- wind
βιαίας -- adjective; genitive singular feminine of <βίαιος> violent -- a violent
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐπλήρωσεν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <πληρόω> ll -- it lled
ὅλον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <ὅλος> whole -- whole
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
οἶκον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <οἶκος> house -- house
οὗ -- relative pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- where
ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- they were
καθήµενοι -- verb; nominative plural masculine of middle participle of <κάθηµαι> sit -- sitting

2:3 - καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαµεριζόµεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ' ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν.

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ὤφθησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <ὁράω> see -- were seen
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- by them
διαµεριζόµεναι -- verb; nominative plural feminine of participle passive of <διαµερίζω> cleave --
cloven
γλῶσσαι -- noun, feminine; nominative plural of <γλῶσσα> tongue, language -- tongues
ὡσεὶ -- adverb; <ὡσεί> as of -- as of
πυρός -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πῦρ> re -- re
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐκάθισεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <καθίζω> (force to) sit down -- it sat down
ἐφ' -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- on
ἕνα -- number; accusative singular masculine of <εἷς> one -- one
ἕκαστον -- inde nite pronoun; accusative singular masculine of <ἕκαστος> each, every -- each
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- of them

2:4 - καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες πνεύµατος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις καθὼς τὸ
πνεῦµα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 118/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐπλήσθησαν -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <πίµπληµι> ll -- they were lled
πάντες -- adjective used as substantive; nominative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
πνεύµατος -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- Ghost
ἁγίου -- adjective; genitive singular neuter of <ἅγιος> holy -- (with the) Holy
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἤρξαντο -- verb; 3rd person plural aorist passive of <ἄρχοµαι> begin -- they began to
λαλεῖν -- verb; in nitive of <λαλέω> speak -- speak
ἑτέραις -- adjective; dative plural feminine of <ἕτερος> other -- in other
γλώσσαις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <γλῶσσα> tongue, language -- languages
καθὼς -- conjunction; <καθώς> as -- as
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πνεῦµα -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πνεῦµα> spirit -- Spirit
ἐδίδου -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <δίδωµι> give -- gave
ἀποφθέγγεσθαι -- verb; in nitive of <ἀποφθέγγοµαι> speak -- to speak
αὐτοῖς -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them

2:5 - Ἦσαν δὲ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴµ κατοικούντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν
οὐρανόν.

ἦσαν -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- there were


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now
εἰς -- preposition; <εἰς> towards -- in
Ἰερουσαλὴµ -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <Ἰερουσαλήµ> Jerusalem -- Jerusalem
κατοικούντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <κατοικέω> dwell -- dwelling
Ἰουδαῖοι -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <Ἰουδαῖος> Jewish -- Jewish
ἄνδρες -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <ἀνήρ> man -- men
εὐλαβεῖς -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <εὐλαβής> devout -- devout
ἀπὸ -- preposition; <ἀπό> from -- from
παντὸς -- adjective; genitive singular neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- every
ἔθνους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <ἔθνος> nation, people, tribe -- nation
τῶν -- article; genitive plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- of those
ὑπὸ -- preposition; <ὑπό> under, by -- under
τὸν -- article; accusative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
οὐρανόν -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <οὐρανός> heaven -- heaven

2:6 - γενοµένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη, ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ
διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 119/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

γενοµένης -- deponent verb; genitive singular feminine of participle middle of <γίγνοµαι> happen,
become -- got around
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- now
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
φωνῆς -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <φωνή> voice, sound -- word
ταύτης -- demonstrative pronoun; genitive singular feminine of <οὗτος> this -- (when) this
συνῆλθεν -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist of <συνέρχοµαι> unite, come together -- came together
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
πλῆθος -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πλῆθος> multitude -- multitude
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
συνεχύθη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist passive of <συγχύω> confuse -- were confused
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- because
ἤκουον -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- they heard
εἷς -- number; nominative singular masculine of <εἷς> one -- one
ἕκαστος -- inde nite pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ἕκαστος> each, every -- each
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἰδίᾳ -- adjective; dative singular feminine of <ἴδιος> own -- (in his) own
διαλέκτῳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <διάλεκτος> language -- language
λαλούντων -- verb; genitive plural masculine of present participle of <λαλέω> speak -- speaking
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them

2:7 - ἐξίσταντο δὲ καὶ ἐθαύµαζον λέγοντες, οὐχὶ ἰδοὺ πάντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι;

ἐξίσταντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect passive of <ἐξίστηµι> be amazed -- they were amazed
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐθαύµαζον -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <θαυµάζω> wonder -- wondered
λέγοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying
οὐχὶ -- particle; <οὐχί> not -- not
ἰδοὺ -- adverb; <ἰδού> behold -- behold
πάντες -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
οὗτοί -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <οὗτος> this -- these
εἰσιν -- verb; 3rd person plural present of <εἰµί> I am -- are
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
λαλοῦντες -- verb; 3rd person plural masculine of present participle of <λαλέω> speak -- speakers
Γαλιλαῖοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Γαλιλαῖος> Galilean -- Galileans

2:8 - Καὶ πῶς ἡµεῖς ἀκούοµεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡµῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθηµεν;

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 120/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


πῶς -- interrogative particle; <πῶς> how -- how
ἡµεῖς -- pronoun; nominative plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- we
ἀκούοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- do we hear (them speaking)
ἕκαστος -- inde nite pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ἕκαστος> each, every -- each (of us)
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἰδίᾳ -- adjective; dative singular feminine of <ἴδιος> own -- own
διαλέκτῳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <διάλεκτος> language -- language
ἡµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- our
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
ᾗ -- relative pronoun; dative singular feminine of <ὅς> who, which -- which
ἐγεννήθηµεν -- deponent verb; 1st person plural aorist passive of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- were
born

2:9 - Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαµῖται, καὶ οἱ καταοικοῦντες τήν Μεσοποταµίαν, Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ
Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν,

Πάρθοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Πάρθος> Parthian -- Parthians


καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Μῆδοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Μῆδος> Mede -- Medes
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἐλαµῖται -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Ἐλαµῖται> Elamites -- Elamites
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
καταοικοῦντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of participle of <κατοικέω> dwell -- dwellers
τήν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Μεσοποταµίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Μεσοποταµία> Mesopotamia --
Mesopotamia
Ἰουδαίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Ἰουδαία> Judea -- Judea
τε -- conjunction; <τε> and -- ...
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Καππαδοκίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Καππαδοκία> Cappadocia -- Cappadocia
Πόντον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Πόντος> Pontos -- Pontos
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
Ἀσίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Ἀσία> Asia -- Asia

2:10 - Φρυγίαν τε καὶ Παµφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ µέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ
ἐπιδηµοῦντες Ῥωµαῖοι, Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι,

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 121/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Φρυγίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Φρύγια> Phrygia -- Phrygia


τε -- conjunction; <τε> and -- ...
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Παµφυλίαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Παµφύλια> Pamphylia -- Pamphylia
Αἴγυπτον -- noun, masculine; accusative singular of <Αἴγυπτος> Egypt -- Egypt
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µέρη -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <µέρος> part -- parts
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- the
Λιβύης -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <Λιβύη> Libya -- Libya
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
κατὰ -- preposition; <κατά> completely, down, under -- about
Κυρήνην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <Κυρήνη> Cyrene -- Cyrene
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
οἱ -- article; nominative plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἐπιδηµοῦντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of participle of <ἐπιδηµέω> come home from
foreign parts -- returnees
Ῥωµαῖοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Ῥωµαῖος> Roman -- Roman
Ἰουδαῖοί -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Ἰουδαῖος> Jew -- Jews
τε -- conjunction; <τε> and -- ...
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
προσήλυτοι -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <προσήλυτος> convert -- converts

2:11 - Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες, ἀκούοµεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ἡµετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ µεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ.

Κρῆτες -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Κρής> Cretan -- Cretans


καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
Ἄραβες -- noun, masculine; nominative plural of <Ἄραβες> Arab -- Arabs
ἀκούοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <ἀκούω> hear, listen -- we hear
λαλούντων -- verb; genitive plural masculine of present participle of <λαλέω> speak -- speaking
αὐτῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- them
ταῖς -- article; dative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἡµετέραις -- adjective; dative plural feminine of <ἡµέτερος> our -- (in) our
γλώσσαις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <γλῶσσα> tongue, language -- languages
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µεγαλεῖα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <µεγαλεῖα> mighty works --
mighty works
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- of God

2:12 - ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο, ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες, τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι;

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 122/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἐξίσταντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect passive of <ἐξίστηµι> be amazed -- were amazed
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- and
πάντες -- adjective; nominative plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
διηποροῦντο -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect middle of <διαπουρέω> to be quite at a loss -- were at
a loss
ἄλλος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- one
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
ἄλλον -- adjective; accusative singular masculine of <ἄλλος> other -- the other
λέγοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of present participle of <λέγω> say -- saying
τί -- interrogative pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <τίς> who, what -- what
θέλει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <θέλω> mean, purport -- does . . .mean
τοῦτο -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <οὗτος> this -- this
εἶναι -- verb; in nitive of <εἰµί> I am -- ...

2:13 - ἕτεροι δὲ διαχλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι γλεύκους µεµεστωµένοι εἰσίν.

ἕτεροι -- adjective used as substantive; nominative plural masculine of <ἕτερος> other -- Others
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
διαχλευάζοντες -- verb; nominative plural masculine of <διαχλευάζω> joke, mock -- mocking
ἔλεγον -- verb; 3rd person plural imperfect of <λέγω> say -- said
ὅτι -- conjunction; <ὅτι> because, that -- that
γλεύκους -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <γλεῦκος> new wine -- (with) new wine
µεµεστωµένοι -- verb; nominative plural masculine of passive participle of <µεστόω> to ll full -- fully
lled
εἰσίν -- verb; 3rd person plural present of <εἰµί> I am -- are

Mark 3:35 (memory verse) - Ὃς ἄν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέληµα τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἀδελφός µου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ µῆτηρ
ἐστίν.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 123/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ὃς -- relative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <ὅς> who, which -- whoever


ἄν -- particle; <ἄν> if -- ...
ποιήσῃ -- verb; 3rd person singular optative aorist of <ποιέω> make, do -- shall do
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
θέληµα -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <θέληµα> will -- will
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
θεοῦ -- noun, masculine; genitive singular of <θεός> god -- of God
οὗτος -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <οὗτος> this -- he
ἀδελφός -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἀδελφός> brother -- brother
µου -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- my
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἀδελφὴ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀδελφή> sister -- sister
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
µῆτηρ -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <µήτηρ> mother -- mother
ἐστίν -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- is

Lesson Text

2:1 - Καὶ ἐν τῷ συµπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡµέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς ἦσαν πάντες ὁµοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 2:2 -
καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φεροµένης πνοῆς βιαίας καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν
οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν καθήµενοι. 2:3 - καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαµεριζόµεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, καὶ
ἐκάθισεν ἐφ' ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. 2:4 - καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες πνεύµατος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο
λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις καθὼς τὸ πνεῦµα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς. 2:5 - Ἦσαν δὲ εἰς
Ἰερουσαλὴµ κατοικούντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν.
2:6 - γενοµένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη, ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος
τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 2:7 - ἐξίσταντο δὲ καὶ ἐθαύµαζον λέγοντες, οὐχὶ ἰδοὺ πάντες
οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; 2:8 - Καὶ πῶς ἡµεῖς ἀκούοµεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡµῶν
ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθηµεν; 2:9 - Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαµῖται, καὶ οἱ καταοικοῦντες τήν
Μεσοποταµίαν, Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, 2:10 - Φρυγίαν τε καὶ
Παµφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ µέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδηµοῦντες Ῥωµαῖοι,
Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι, 2:11 - Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες, ἀκούοµεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς
ἡµετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ µεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ. 2:12 - ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο, ἄλλος
πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες, τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι; 2:13 - ἕτεροι δὲ διαχλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι γλεύκους
µεµεστωµένοι εἰσίν. Mark 3:35 (memory verse) - Ὃς ἄν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέληµα τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἀδελφός
µου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ µῆτηρ ἐστίν.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 124/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


2:1 And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. 2 And

suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it lled all the house
where they were sitting. 3 And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of re, and it sat upon
each of them. 4 And they were all lled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as
the Spirit gave them utterance.

5 And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven. 6 Now

when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every
man heard them speak in his own language. 7 And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to
another, Behold, are not all these which speak Galilaeans? 8 And how hear we every man in our own
tongue, wherein we were born? 9 Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in
Mesopotamia, and in Judaea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, 10 Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in
Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes, 11 Cretes
and Arabians, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God. 12 And they were all
amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth this?

13 Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine.

Mark 3:35 (memory verse) --


For whosoever shall do the will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and mother.

Grammar
41 Verbs in -µι; the present and imperfect active system.
A small number of frequent verbs have different endings and formations from those of the general verbs.
Among these are τίθηµι 'put', ἵηµι 'send', ἵστηµι, and δίδωµι 'give'. The present forms of τίθηµι are given
here to illustrate their forms. The forms of the others are comparable, though δίδωµι has ο-vowels
corresponding to the ε-vowels of the three other verbs.

    Present   Imperfect

1 sg   τίθηµι   ἐτίθην

2 sg   τίθης   ἐτίθεις

3 sg   τίθησι(ν)   ἐτίθει

         

1 pl   τίθεµεν   ἐτίθεµεν

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 125/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

2 pl   τίθετε   ἐτίθετε

3 pl   τιθέασι(ν)   ἐτίθεσαν

    Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   τιθῶ   τιθείην    

2 sg   τιθῇς   τιθείης   τίθει

3 sg   τιθῇ   τιθείη   τιθέτω

             

1 pl   τιθῶµεν   τιθεῖµεν    

2 pl   τιθῆτε   τιθεῖτε   τίθετε

3 pl   τιθῶσι(ν)   τιθεῖεν   τιθέντων

42 Forms of the aorist active.

    Indicative   Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   ἔθηκα   θῶ   θείην    

2 sg   ἔθηκας   θῇς   θείης   θές

3 sg   ἔθηκε(ν)   θῇ   θείη   θέτω

                 

1 pl   ἔθεµεν   θῶµεν   θεῖµεν    

2 pl   ἔθετε   θῆτε   θεῖητε   θέτε

3 pl   ἔθεσαν   θῶσι(ν)   θεῖεν   θέντων

43 Forms of the Present and Imperfect system of εἰµί 'am'.

    Present   Imperfect

1 sg   εἰµί   ἦν

2 sg   εἶ   ἦσθα

3 sg   ἐστί(ν)   ἦν

         

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 126/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

1 pl   ἐσµέν   ἦµεν

2 pl   ἐστέ   ἦτε

3 pl   εἰσί(ν)   ἦσαν

    Subjunctive   Optative   Imperative

1 sg   ὦ   εἴην    

2 sg   ᾖς   εἴης   ἴσθι

3 sg   ᾖ   εἴη   ἔστω

             

1 pl   ὦµεν   εἴηµεν    

2 pl   ἤτε   εἴητε   ἔστε

3 pl   ὦσι(ν)   εἴησαν   ἔστων

44 Forms of οἶδα 'I know'.


οἶδα is a perfect with present meaning. It is based on a root meaning 'see', so that the perfect has developed
in meaning from 'I have seen' to 'I know'. The forms representing present and past time are given here.

    Present   Past

1 sg   οἶδα 'I know'   ᾔδη 'I knew'

2 sg   οἶσθα 'thou knowest'   ᾔδησθα 'thou knewest'

3 sg   οἶδε(ν) 'he/she knows'   ᾔδει 'he/she knew'

         

1 pl   ἴσµεν 'we know'   ᾔδµεν 'we knew'

2 pl   ἴστε 'you know'   ᾔδετε 'you knew'

3 pl   ἴσασι(ν) 'they know'   ᾔδεσαν 'they knew'

45 Particles.
As you have noted in the texts, particles are numerous in Greek texts. Moreover, they are often left
untranslated. They may modify meaning much as intonation does in English; if then translated with their
meaning given in dictionaries, such as 'indeed, to be sure' and so on, the English sentence is turgid. In

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 127/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

combinations, such as καὶ δέ, καὶ merely adds emphasis. Particles then must be treated in relation to one
another and to the entire sentence.

There are two negative particles, also called adverbs, οὺ (οὔτε, οὐκ, etc.), and µή, which is required in
sentences expressing a desire and is used in conditions.

There are several interrogative particles, of which ἧ and ἆρα are the most frequent. Other particles are listed
here in alphabetical order.

ἀλλά 'on the other hand, but, on the contrary'


ἅµα 'at the same time, at once'
ἄρα 'therefore, then' (note the different accentuation from the interrogative particle)
γάρ 'for'
γέ 'indeed, certainly'
δέ 'but, however' (often used as a connective, and need not be translated)
δή 'already, now' (or used to add emphasis)
ἦ 'truly, really'
ἤ 'or' (often doubled with the meanings 'either ...or')
καί 'and' or, as used for emphasis, 'even'
µέν 'indeed' (may be used with δέ to indicate a correlation, and not translated)
οὐδέ 'and not'
οὖν 'indeed, certainly; therefore'
οὔτε ... οὔτε, µήτε ... µήτε 'neither ... nor'
πέρ 'even, indeed'
τέ 'and'; τέ ... τέ 'both ... and'; τέ ... καί 'not only ... but also'

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 128/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

New Testament Greek Online


Lesson 10
Winfred P. Lehmann and Jonathan Slocum
St. Paul left Antioch in 46 A.D. on his rst missionary journey, working in Galatia for two years, and then in
the summer of 48 A.D. going to Macedonia until April 50 A.D. From there he went brie y to Athens, and then
to Corinth in June of 50 A.D., staying until September of 51 A.D., when he left for a conference in Jerusalem.
In the latter part of that year he went to Antioch and from there to Ephesus where he stayed from August, 52
A.D. to October, 54 A.D. During the early part of 54 A.D. a delegation consisting of Stephanas, Fortunatus
and Achaicus arrived from Corinth, with a letter (1 Corinthians 16:17) that informed Paul of problems with
the church there (1 Corinthians 7:1). Paul then wrote his rst letter to the church at Corinth, sending it to
them with the returning delegation. In the letter, he is primarily concerned with healing the factionalism that
was reported to him. Reviewing the problems would be too lengthy for treatment here. The core of his
answer is found in the remarkable Chapter 13.

Reading and Textual Analysis


1 Corinthians 13:1-13, and 2 Thessalonians 3:16 (memory verse)
This chapter is one of the great pieces of world literature. St. Paul sees ἀγάπη as the basis of Christianity
and of life in the church, as well as the path to future blessedness. At the time of the King James translation,
English still had two words for the emotion. These days the basic meaning of the term used to translate
ἀγάπη in Chapter 13 has become the effects of love directed to others, leaving English with only one
general term. Paul used several words, as in Romans 12. In verse nine he uses the general term in the
statement: ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 'let love be without hypocrisy'; he then goes on with a more speci c term:
φιλαδελφία 'brotherly love'. The Latin translation uses dilectio for the rst, and caritatem fraternitatis for the
second. Dilectio is also the translation for 'love' as de ned by Jesus in St. John 15:9 and 13: "Greater love
hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends," where the Greek has ἀγάπη. Ἀγάπη is
clearly the general term, with implications as indicated by St. Paul in this chapter.

13:1 - Ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην δὲ µὴ ἔχω, γέγονα χαλκὸς
ἠχῶν ἤ κύµβαλον ἀλαλάζον.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 129/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if


ταῖς -- article; dative plural feminine of <ὁ> the -- (with) the
γλώσσαις -- noun, feminine; dative plural of <γλῶσσα> tongue, language -- languages
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀνθρώπων -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <ἄνθρωπος> human being -- of humans
λαλῶ -- verb; 1st person singular present of <λαλέω> speak -- I speak
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
τῶν -- article; genitive plural masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
ἀγγέλων -- noun, masculine; genitive plural of <ἄγγελος> angel -- of angels
ἀγάπην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἔχω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- do ...have
γέγονα -- deponent verb; 1st person singular perfect of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- I have become
χαλκὸς -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <χαλκός> brass -- brass
ἠχῶν -- verb; nominative singular masculine of participle of <ἠχέω> sound, ring -- sounding
ἤ -- conjunction; <ἤ> or, than -- or
κύµβαλον -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <κύµβαλον> cymbal -- cymbal
ἀλαλάζον -- adjective; nominative singular neuter of participle of <ἀλαλάζω> tinkle -- tinkling

13:2 - καὶ ἐὰν ἔχω προφητείαν καὶ εἰδῶ τὰ µυστήρια πάντα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, κἂν ἔχω πᾶσαν τὴν
πίστιν ὥστε ὄρη µεθιστάναι, ἀγάπην δὲ µὴ ἔχω, οὐθέν εἰµι.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 130/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and


ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
ἔχω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- I have
προφητείαν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <προφητεία> prophecy -- (the gift of) prophecy
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
εἰδῶ -- verb; 1st person singular present of <εἰδῶ> know -- I know
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the
µυστήρια -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <µυστήριον> mystery -- mysteries
πάντα -- adjective; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
πᾶσαν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
γνῶσιν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <γνῶσις> knowledge -- knowledge
κἂν -- conjunction; <κἄν> and if -- and if
ἔχω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- I have
πᾶσαν -- adjective; accusative singular feminine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
πίστιν -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <πίστις> faith -- faith
ὥστε -- conjunction; <ὥστε> like, so that -- so that
ὄρη -- noun, neuter; accusative plural of <ὄρος> mountain -- mountains
µεθιστάναι -- verb; in nitive of <µεθίστηµι> move -- to move
ἀγάπην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἔχω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- do ...have
οὐθέν -- pronoun; nominative singular neuter of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing -- nothing
εἰµι -- verb; 1st person singular present of <εἰµί> I am -- I am

13:3 - κἂν ψωµίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά µου, καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶµά µου ἵνα καυθήσοµαι, ἀγάπην δὲ
µὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦµαι.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 131/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

κἂν -- conjunction; <κἄν> and if -- and if


ψωµίσω -- verb; 1st person singular future of <ψωµίζω> feed with sops -- I will feed...in driblets
πάντα -- adjective; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
ὑπάρχοντά -- participle used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of participle of <ὑπάρχω>
belong to -- belongings
µου -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- my
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐὰν -- conjunction; <ἐάν> if -- if
παραδῶ -- verb; 1st person plural future of <παραδίδωµι> give to -- give
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
σῶµά -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <σῶµα> body -- body
µου -- pronoun; genitive singular masculine of <ἐγώ> I -- my
ἵνα -- conjunction; <ἵνα> so that -- so that
καυθήσοµαι -- verb; 1st person singular future passive of <καίω> burn (up) -- I will be burned up
ἀγάπην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
µὴ -- particle; <µή> not -- not
ἔχω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <ἔχω> have -- I do ...have
οὐδὲν -- pronoun; accusative singular neuter of <οὐδείς, οὐδεµία, οὐδέν> no one, nothing -- nothing
ὠφελοῦµαι -- verb; 1st person singular present passive of <ὠφελέω> to help, be of use -- I am helped
in (I pro t)

13:4 - Ἡ ἀγάπη µακροθυµεῖ, χρηστεύεται ἡ ἀγάπη, οὐ ζηλοῖ, ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐ φυσιοῦται,

ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...


ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
µακροθυµεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <µακροθυµέω> to be longsuffering -- is
longsuffering
χρηστεύεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <χρηστεύοµαι> to be kind and good -- is
kind and good
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
ζηλοῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present subjunctive of <ζηλόω> envy, be jealous -- is ...envious
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
περπερεύεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <περπερεύοµαι> boast -- does ... boast
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
φυσιοῦται -- verb; 3rd person singular present passive of <φυσιόω> puff up -- is ... puffed up

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 132/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

13:5 - οὐκ ἀσχηµονεῖ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῆς, οὐ παροξύνεται, οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν,

οὐκ -- particle; <οὐκ> not -- not


ἀσχηµονεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ἀσχηµονέω> behave unseemly -- does ...behave
unseemly
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
ζητεῖ -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ζητέω> seek -- does ...seek
τὰ -- article; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the (things)
ἑαυτῆς -- re exive pronoun; genitive singular feminine of <ἑαυτοῦ> oneself -- of its own
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
παροξύνεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present passive of <παροξύνω> anger, provoke -- is
...provoked
οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not
λογίζεται -- verb; 3rd person singular present middle of <λογίζοµαι> calculate, think -- does ... think
τὸ -- article; accusative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
κακόν -- adjective used as substantive; accusative singular neuter of <κακός> evil; poor -- evil

13:6 - οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συγχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ.

οὐ -- particle; <οὐ> not -- not


χαίρει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <χαίρω> rejoice -- does ...rejoice
ἐπὶ -- preposition; <ἐπί> on, about -- over
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀδικίᾳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <ἀδικία> wrong-doing -- in wrong-doing
συγχαίρει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <συγχαίρω> rejoice with -- joins in rejoicing
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
τῇ -- article; dative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- in the
ἀληθείᾳ -- noun, feminine; dative singular of <ἀληθεία> truth -- truth

13:7 - πάντα στέγει, πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑποµένει.

πάντα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all things
στέγει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <στέγω> endure -- endures
πάντα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all things
πιστεύει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <πιστεύω> believe -- believes
πάντα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all things
ἐλπίζει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ἐλπίζω> hope -- hopes
πάντα -- adjective used as substantive; accusative plural neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- all things
ὑποµένει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <ὑποµένω> be patient under -- is patient under

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 133/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

13:8 - Ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε πίπτει; εἴτε δὲ προφητεῖαι, καταργηθήσονται; εἴτε γλῶσσαι, παύσονται; εἴτε
γνῶσις, καταργηθήσεται.

ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...


ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
οὐδέποτε -- adverb; <οὐδέποτε> never -- never
πίπτει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <πίπτω> fall -- fails
εἴτε -- conjunction; <εἴτε> whether...or -- whether
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
προφητεῖαι -- noun, feminine; nominative plural of <προφητεία> prophecy -- (there are) prophecies
καταργηθήσονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <καταργέω> make of no effect -- they
will fail
εἴτε -- conjunction; <εἴτε> whether...or -- or
γλῶσσαι -- noun, feminine; nominative plural of <γλῶσσα> tongue, language -- (there are) tongues
παύσονται -- verb; 3rd person plural future passive of <παύω> stop, cease -- they will cease
εἴτε -- conjunction; <εἴτε> whether...or -- or
γνῶσις -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <γνῶσις> knowledge -- (there is) knowledge
καταργηθήσεται -- verb; 3rd person singular future passive of <καταργέω> make of no effect -- (it
will) vanish

13:9 - ἐκ µέρους γὰρ γινώσκοµεν καὶ ἐκ µέρους προφητεύοµεν.

ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- in


µέρους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µέρος> part -- part
γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
γινώσκοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <γινώσκω> know, learn -- we know
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- and
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- in
µέρους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µέρος> part -- part
προφητεύοµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <προφητεύω> prophesy -- we prophesy

13:10 - ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, τὸ ἐκ µέρους καταργηθήσεται.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 134/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

ὅταν -- conjunction; <ὅταν> when, every time -- when


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
ἔλθῃ -- deponent verb; 3rd person singular aorist subjunctive middle of <ἔρχοµαι> come, go -- shall
come
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- that which is
τέλειον -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <τέλειον> ful lled, perfect -- perfect
τὸ -- article; nominative singular neuter of <ὁ> the -- that (which is)
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- in
µέρους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µέρος> part -- part
καταργηθήσεται -- verb; 3rd person singular future passive of <καταργέω> make of no effect -- will be
abolished

13:11 - ὅτε ἦµην νήπιος, ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόµην ὡς νήπιος.

ὅτε -- conjunction; <ὅτε> when -- when


ἦµην -- verb; 1st person plural imperfect of <εἰµί> I am -- (we) I was
νήπιος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <νήπιος> childish, foolish -- a child
ἐλάλουν -- verb; 1st person singular imperfect of <λαλέω> speak -- I spoke
ὡς -- conjunction; <ὡς> as, thus -- like
νήπιος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <νήπιος> childish, foolish -- a child
ἐφρόνουν -- verb; 3rd person singular imperfect of <φρονέω> understand -- I understood
ὡς -- conjunction; <ὡς> as, thus -- like
νήπιος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <νήπιος> childish, foolish -- a child
ἐλογιζόµην -- verb; 1st person plural imperfect of <ἐλογίζω> think -- I thought
ὡς -- conjunction; <ὡς> as, thus -- like
νήπιος -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of <νήπιος> childish, foolish -- a child

ὅτε γέγονα ἀνήρ, κατήγορηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου.

ὅτε -- conjunction; <ὅτε> when -- when


γέγονα -- deponent verb; 1st person singular perfect of <γίγνοµαι> happen, become -- I became
ἀνήρ -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <ἀνήρ> man -- a man
κατήγορηκα -- verb; 1st person singular perfect of <κατηγορέω> speak against -- I spoke against
τὰ -- article used as pronoun; accusative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- the (things)
τοῦ -- article; genitive singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- of the
νηπίου -- adjective; genitive singular masculine of <νήπιος> childish, foolish -- child

13:12 - βλέποµεν γὰρ ἄρτι δι' ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγµατι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον; ἄρτι γινώσκω
ἐκ µέρους, τότε δὲ ἐπιγνώσοµαι καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 135/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

βλέποµεν -- verb; 1st person plural present of <βλέπω> see -- we see


γὰρ -- conjunction; <γάρ> for -- for
ἄρτι -- adverb; <ἄρτι> now -- now
δι' -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- through
ἐσόπτρου -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <ἔσοπτρον> mirror -- a mirror
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
αἰνίγµατι -- noun, neuter; dative singular of <αἴνιγµα> riddle -- riddle(s)
τότε -- adverb; <τότε> then -- then
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
πρόσωπον -- noun, neuter; nominative singular of <πρόσωπον> face -- face
πρὸς -- preposition; <πρός> to -- to
πρόσωπον -- noun, neuter; accusative singular of <πρόσωπον> face -- face
ἄρτι -- adverb; <ἄρτι> now -- now
γινώσκω -- verb; 1st person singular present of <γινώσκω> know, learn -- I know
ἐκ -- preposition; <ἐκ> from, out of -- in
µέρους -- noun, neuter; genitive singular of <µέρος> part -- part
τότε -- adverb; <τότε> then -- then
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
ἐπιγνώσοµαι -- verb; 1st person singular future of <ἐπιγιγνώσκω> know, discover -- I shall know
καθὼς -- conjunction; <καθώς> as -- as
καὶ -- conjunction; <καί> and -- also
ἐπεγνώσθην -- verb; 1st person singular aorist passive of <ἐπιγιγνώσκω> know, discover -- I have
been known

13:13 - νυνὶ δὲ µένει πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη, τὰ τρία ταῦτα; µείζων δὲ τούτων ἡ ἀγάπη.

νυνὶ -- adverb; <νυνί> now -- now


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
µένει -- verb; 3rd person singular present of <µένω> remain -- (there) remain
πίστις -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <πίστις> faith -- faith
ἐλπίς -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἐλπίς> hope -- hope
ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- love
τὰ -- article; nominative plural neuter of <ὁ> the -- ...
τρία -- number; nominative plural neuter of <τρεῖς> three -- three
ταῦτα -- demonstrative pronoun; nominative plural neuter of <οὗτος> this -- these
µείζων -- adjective; nominative singular masculine of comparative of <µέγας> great -- greatest
δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
τούτων -- demonstrative pronoun; genitive plural neuter of <οὗτος> this -- of these
ἡ -- article; nominative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
ἀγάπη -- noun, feminine; nominative singular of <ἀγάπη> love -- (is)love

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 136/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

2 Thessalonians 3:16 (memory verse) - Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη ὑµῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ παντὸς ἐν
παντὶ τρόπῳ. Ὁ κύριος µετὰ πάντων ὑµῶν.

αὐτὸς -- pronoun; nominative singular masculine of <αὐτός> oneself, he -- himself


δὲ -- particle; <δέ> and, on the other hand -- but
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
κύριος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <κύριος> lord -- Lord
τῆς -- article; genitive singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
εἰρήνης -- noun, feminine; genitive singular of <εἰρήνη> peace -- peace
δῴη -- verb; 3rd person singular aorist optative of <δίδωµι> give -- may . . .give
ὑµῖν -- pronoun; dative plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you
τὴν -- article; accusative singular feminine of <ὁ> the -- ...
εἰρήνην -- noun, feminine; accusative singular of <εἰρήνη> peace -- peace
διὰ -- preposition; <διά> through, by -- ...
παντὸς -- adjective; genitive singular neuter of <πᾶς> all, every -- continually
ἐν -- preposition; <ἐν> in -- in
παντὶ -- adjective; dative singular masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- every
τρόπῳ -- noun, masculine; dative singular of <τρόπος> manner -- manner
ὁ -- article; nominative singular masculine of <ὁ> the -- the
κύριος -- noun, masculine; nominative singular of <κύριος> lord -- Lord
µετὰ -- preposition; <µετά> after, with -- (be) with
πάντων -- adjective; genitive plural masculine of <πᾶς> all, every -- all
ὑµῶν -- pronoun; genitive plural masculine of <σύ> you -- you

Lesson Text

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 137/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

13:1 - Ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην δὲ µὴ ἔχω, γέγονα
χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἤ κύµβαλον ἀλαλάζον. 13:2 - καὶ ἐὰν ἔχω προφητείαν καὶ εἰδῶ τὰ µυστήρια πάντα
καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, κἂν ἔχω πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν ὥστε ὄρη µεθιστάναι, ἀγάπην δὲ µὴ ἔχω,
οὐθέν εἰµι. 13:3 - κἂν ψωµίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά µου, καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶµά µου ἵνα
καυθήσοµαι, ἀγάπην δὲ µὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦµαι. 13:4 - Ἡ ἀγάπη µακροθυµεῖ, χρηστεύεται ἡ
ἀγάπη, οὐ ζηλοῖ, ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐ φυσιοῦται, 13:5 - οὐκ ἀσχηµονεῖ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ
ἑαυτῆς, οὐ παροξύνεται, οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν, 13:6 - οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συγχαίρει δὲ τῇ
ἀληθείᾳ. 13:7 - πάντα στέγει, πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑποµένει. 13:8 - Ἡ ἀγάπη
οὐδέποτε πίπτει; εἴτε δὲ προφητεῖαι, καταργηθήσονται; εἴτε γλῶσσαι, παύσονται; εἴτε γνῶσις,
καταργηθήσεται. 13:9 - ἐκ µέρους γὰρ γινώσκοµεν καὶ ἐκ µέρους προφητεύοµεν. 13:10 - ὅταν δὲ
ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, τὸ ἐκ µέρους καταργηθήσεται. 13:11 - ὅτε ἦµην νήπιος, ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος,
ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόµην ὡς νήπιος. ὅτε γέγονα ἀνήρ, κατήγορηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου. 13:12 -
βλέποµεν γὰρ ἄρτι δι' ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγµατι, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον; ἄρτι γινώσκω
ἐκ µέρους, τότε δὲ ἐπιγνώσοµαι καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. 13:13 - νυνὶ δὲ µένει πίστις, ἐλπίς,
ἀγάπη, τὰ τρία ταῦτα; µείζων δὲ τούτων ἡ ἀγάπη. 2 Thessalonians 3:16 (memory verse) - Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ
κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη ὑµῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ παντὸς ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ. Ὁ κύριος µετὰ πάντων
ὑµῶν.

Translation

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 138/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

From the King James version:


13:1 Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not charity, I am become as

sounding brass, or a tinkling cymbal. 2 And though I have the gift of prophecy, and understand all
mysteries, and all knowledge; and though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and have
not charity, I am nothing. 3 And though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and though I give my
body to be burned, and have not charity, it pro teth me nothing.

4 Charity suffereth long, and is kind; charity envieth not; charity vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, 5

Doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil; 6
Rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth; 7 Beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all
things, endureth all things. 8 Charity never faileth: but whether there be prophecies, they shall fail;
whether there be tongues, they shall cease; whether there be knowledge, it shall vanish away. 9 For we
know in part, and we prophesy in part. 10 But when that which is perfect is come, then that which is in
part shall be done away.

11 When I was a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I

became a man, I put away childish things. 12 For now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to
face: now I know in part; but then shall I know even as also I am known.

13 And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three; but the greatest of these is charity.

2 Thessalonians 3:16 (memory verse) --


Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all.

Grammar
46 Texts.
The text of the New Testament has probably been examined like no other. It is based on numerous
manuscripts. There are four important ones: Codex Vaticanus in Rome; Codex Sinaiticus in Leningrad; Codex
Alexandrinus in the British Museum; Codex Ephraemi rescriptus in Paris. These were prepared in the fourth
and fth centuries. There are numerous others, some with Greek and Latin in parallel pages or columns, as
well as Syrian and Egyptian versions, and also quotations in the church fathers. The variants among these
are slight, so that current editions of the text are comparable.

A convenient modern text is that of Brooke Foss Westcott and Fenton John Anthony Hort, The New
Testament in the Original Greek (New York: Macmillan, 1893), often reprinted. It includes notes and a Greek-
English lexicon. The text used here is that of D. Eberhard Nestle, Novum Testamentum Graece (Stuttgart:
Wuerttembergische Bibelanstalt, 1898), often reprinted.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 139/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

47 Grammars.
Similarly, the grammar of the language has been thoroughly and repeatedly presented. For a large work one
may consult A Grammar of New Testament Greek Vol. I, 3rd ed. (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1908) by James
Hope Moulton; Vol. II (1928) by James Hope Moulton and Wilbert Francis Howard; and Vol. III (Edinburgh: T.
& T. Clark, 1963) by Nigel Turner, all often reprinted. A shorter work is A New Short Grammar of the Greek
Testament (New York: Smith, 1931) by A. T. Robertson and W. Hersey Davis, with a useful bibliography and
credit to Moulton. While the language has undergone changes since the classical period, as the bibliography
of Robertson and Davis implies, a grammar of the classical language is satisfactory for understanding the
grammar of the language except for speci c details that are not essential in interpreting the texts. The most
comprehensive grammar is that of Eduard Schwyzer, Griechische Grammatik I-III (Munich: Beck, 1939-53).

48 Dictionaries.
There are dictionaries devoted speci cally to New Testament Greek, such as that in the Wetcott-Hort
edition, but general dictionaries also cover the language. Accordingly, one may conveniently use An
Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon, founded upon the seventh edition of Lidddell and Scott's Greek-English
lexicon (Oxford: Clarendon, 1889), often reprinted.

49 Specialized handbooks.
The number of works on the New Testament is enormous. For example, a short book of 220 pages: A
Preface to Mark, by Christopher Bryan (New York: Oxford, 1993), includes a bibliography of sixteen pages,
concluding with two items on videotape, one distributed by the American Bible Society (1865 Broadway,
New York, NY, 10023). As another example of their age, extent, and diversity, we may cite the translation of
the Commentary on Saint Paul's Epistle to the Galatians by St. Thomas Aquinas by F. R. Larcher (Albany, NY:
Magi, 211 pages).

For a general work in a "historical nontheological approach," one may consult The New Testament. A
Historical Introduction to the Early Christian Writings by Bart D. Ehrman (New York: Oxford University Press,
2000, 2nd ed., 465 pages), with suggestions for further readings in the text but no bibliography. A work
written to encourage "a maximum of observation of the text itself" is The Word of the Lord Grows: A First
Historical Introduction to the New Testament by Martin H. Franzmann (St. Louis: Concordia, 1961). Among
more specialized works of interest is Paul: A Critical Life by Jerome Murphy-O'Connor (New York: Oxford,
1996). Encyclopedias should not be overlooked when seeking information on the major gures and the
Christian church itself.

It is hardly necessary to state that there are many translations. Choice among them may be left to the
interest of individuals. One produced by a classicist may be of interest, not only for its treatment of each of
the gospels as continuous works rather than made up of chapters and verses: The Four Gospels: a new
translation from the Greek by E.V. Rieu, (Baltimore: Penguin Books, 1953, 250 pages), subsequently
reprinted. The tone of Rieu's translation may be indicated by the end of his Introduction: "They are the

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 140/141
21/11/2018 The Linguistics Research Center

Magna Charta of the human spirit. Were we to devote to their comprehension a little of the sel ess
enthusiasms that is now expended on the riddle of our physical surroundings, we should cease to say that
Christianity is coming to an end -- we might even feel that it has only just begun."

50 The Legacy of the New Testament.


The legacy of the New Testament is evident in the spiritual and cultural history of the western world, and
subsequently far beyond it. Its early extent is foreshadowed in the account of the Pentecost, with citizens of
many of the Mediterranean countries present. And shortly thereafter the letters of St. Paul con rm the
widespread reception of its teachings. Christianity became rmly established when Constantine the Great
(306-337) made it the o cial religion of the Roman Empire. Many of our early texts in the languages of
Europe resulted from its adoption. Among the earliest is the Gothic translation of the fourth century
ascribed to Bishop Wul la. With the appearance of the Latin version in the Vulgate, 404 A.D., it became
accessible to the literate community of Europe.

The growing in uence of the Bishop of Rome led to a center for its continued in uence. With the election of
Gregory the Great as pope in 590 A.D. the papacy was well-established, and provided spiritual and
intellectual guidance for much of Europe. The current situation as well as the recent history of Christianity
are so obvious that further discussion here is unnecessary.

https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/eieol_printable/ntgol 141/141

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi